DuoBad SanSwiss by Espresso media

EXPLANATION OF PICTOGRAMS Safety glass, glass thickness in mm

Number of glass variants

Antiplaque treatment Aquaperle

Bevel / Cut-out

PUR series: Atypical height up to 2500 mm Maximum width of side panel 1200 mm

Standard height 2000 mm

Maximum 1000 mm Maximum

door width

Meets the standard for shower enclosures EN 14428:2008+A1

Let‘s stay connected!

Don't miss any news and follow us on social media!

Scan me! /sanswiss_official

Radius Door or side wall can be mounted as right or left (reversible)

Sufficient width for comfortable entry

SOFT

Soft open/close system on sliding door.

Easier cleaning thanks to integrated hinges

max. 120 kg

Max. load 120 kg

Easier cleaning by tilting the sliding door

Adapted for disabled people

BLACK LINE: View parts in matte black (06)

WHITE LINE: View parts in white matt (09)

TRADITIONAL MANUFACTURER OF SHOWER SCREENS AND BATHS. SPECIALIST FOR ATYPICAL SOLUTIONS.

SanSwiss SCANDINAVIA

GOLD LINE: View parts in gold (12)

DuoBad AB Alstervägen 76 | 382 73 Alsterbro +46 481 50000 | info@duobad.com sanswiss.duobad.com /sanswiss_official |

/SanSwiss AG

Copyright 2023 | 300.PL2023/4.SCAND.XXX The descriptions and technical data in this price list are non-binding and cannot be regarded as a guarantee of the actual performance of the products. Variations between illustrations and products are possible. Due to possible further product developments, we reserve the right to make technical changes or improvements without notice.

SHOWER ENCLOSURES 2023/2024

Special dimensions

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

SHOWER ENCLOSURES 2023 | 2024

TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS (TSG)

07 - TSG clear

08 - Parsol Bronze

20 - Parsol gray

TSG-GLASS WITH DECORATION

22 - Graniet

30 - Master Carré 85 - Lina

87 - Screen

TSG-GLASS WITH DIGITAL PRINTING

82 - Japan

89 - Loft 89

90 - Loft 90

TSG-GLASS WITH SCREENPRINT

• COMPLETE PRODUCT RANGE FOR SHOWER ENCLOSURES • ATTRACTIVE PRICING AS AQUAPERLE GLASS COATING IS GENERALLY INCLUDED IN THE PRICE

49 - Satin

51 - Screenprinted 68 - Shade band

73 - Loft 73

81 - Brume

69 - Loft 69

88 - White lines

TSG-GLASS WITH DECORATION IN CHROME

• MANY PROFILE VERSIONS AT THE SAME PRICE • OWN MEASURING AND INSTALLATION SERVICE • NUMEROUS MODELS IN STOCK FOR IMMEDIATE DELIVERY • 5 YEARS PRODUCT WARRANTY

61 - Lines

62 - Tree

67 - Vertical line

PROFILE COLOURS STANDARD COLOURS

10 - Chrome

50 - High-gloss silver

01 - Matt silver

• 10 YEARS WARRANTY FOR AVAILABILITY OF REPLACEMENT PARTS • EASY TO ASSEMBLE PRODUCTS

04 - White

SPECIAL COLOURS

• CLEAR AND EASY TO UNDERSTAND SALES DOCUMENTS 06 - Black matt

09 - White matt

12 - Gold

AMALIA TRANSPARENCY AND ELEGANCE

AMALIA is the brand new range of high quality sliding doors resulting from the latest SanSwiss innovation. The airy "frameless" design for maximum transparency of your shower area, simple and clean lines, a modern and ergonomic handle, generous passage widths and clever details. The AMALIA collection brings together all the characteristics to create your ideal relaxation space. Choose your bathroom style: opt for a clean, elegant shower area with the Silver High Gloss Profile or create a shower with character and modern design with the Black Matt Profile.

NEW PRODUCTS

AMALIA Brand new range of high quality sliding doors resulting from the latest SanSwiss innovation.

Pages 86-95 Pages 260-261 (WALK-IN)

DIVERA Shower enclosures and Walk-in enclosures DIVERA are newly also in elegant matte black from the BLACK LINE collection.

Pages 204-255 Pages 292-301 (WALK-IN)

WALK-IN EASY New glass: 85-Lina

Pages 270-271

BATH SCREEN CADURA CAW2B - bath screen CADURA

REMOVED FROM THE SANSWISS RANGE: Range ESCURA

Pages 304-305

SUMMARY GENERAL INFORMATION SANSWISS GROUP WHY CHOOSE SANSWISS PRODUCTS WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW, ORDERING CODES ANTI-PLAQUE GLASS COATING WATER TIGHTNESS AND SPRAY WATER PROTECTION CLEANING AND PRODUCT CARE OVERVIEW SHOWER ENCLOSURES AND DOOR SOLUTIONS GLASS VARIANTS FOR TYPE SERIES PROFILE FINISHES GLASS

4-5 6-7 8 9 10 11 12 – 13 14 15 – 17 18 – 21

TECHNICAL SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TAKING MEASUREMENT RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION U-MOUNTING ATYPICAL SOLUTIONS IMPLEMENTED PROJECTS SANSWISS WEBSITE AND SOCIAL NETWORKS

22 23 24 – 26 27 – 29 30 – 31 32 – 33

SHOWER ENCLOSURES PUR AMALIA CADURA ANNEA SOLINO SOLINO M TOP-LINE S DIVERA

34 – 85 86 – 95 96 – 123 124 – 143 144 – 173 174 – 187 188 – 203 204 – 255

WALK-IN SHOWERS PUR AMALIA CADURA EASY TOP-LINE S DIVERA

258 – 259 260 – 261 262 – 265 266 – 285 286 – 291 292 – 301

BATH SCREENS CADURA SOLINO EASY

304 – 305 306 – 309 310 – 311

ACCESSORIES SHOWER SEAT / ACCESSORIES / SEALING STRIPS / SPECIAL PROFILES

312 – 327

TERMS AND CONDITIONS WARRANTY CONDITIONS

328

SanSwiss Schweiz AG, head office in Härkingen, Switzerland

SanSwiss s.r.o., modern production plant in Jičín, CZ

SANSWISS -T RADITIONAL MANUFACTURER OF SHOWER ENCLOSURES, BUT ALSO EXPERT ON SPECIAL SHOWER SOLUTIONS SanSwiss is a European group of companies with headquartered in Härkingen / Switzerland that is based on quality, innovation and sustainability. Two factories (in the Czech Republic and in Romania) and 13 sales offices in 18 European countries support the business strategy with geographical proximity to customers and providing professional services. SanSwiss Group is part of the international RONAL GROUP, which is one of the world‘s leading manufacturers of alloy wheels for the automotive industry as well as commercial vehicles. SanSwiss s.r.o., modern showroom in Jičín 4

Our values Quality SanSwiss shower enclosures combine comfort, functionality, design and quality in accordance with both European standards and all product tests. Innovation The design department of SanSwiss, which is located in the Moselle and is continuously developing new products at the same time as the existing range is being improved. This makes us very flexible in a constantly changing market. Customer satisfaction Meeting customers‘ expectations means everything to us. That our customers are satisfied is our main goal. SanSwiss gives you the best customer experience by combining attractive design with easy installation.

THE SANSWISS BRAND - OUR QUALITY COMMITMENT The products from SanSwiss meet the highest requirements of technology, functionality, comfort and design. Product quality is continuously monitored using regular tests and testing procedures. The range of high-quality materials, thoroughly treated in a modern production process, and continuous improvements, ensure the well-known high quality of all SanSwiss products.

High quality production

FIVE YEAR WARRANTY

Tempered safety glass that satisfies our high quality requirements

10 YE

5 YE

EUROPEAN STANDARD EN12150-1: 2000

-1

n te e

High quality profiles

12150

ARS

tee an •

requirements for the shower enclosures

TÜV CERTIFICATION

S AR -

ua -g r

EUROPEAN STANDARD 12020-1

SWIS

ESG

guara

EUROPEAN STANDARD EN 14428

EN 12020-1

certificate reg. No.: 12.957.109

EN 14428

TÜV SÜD CZ

Quality

TEN YEAR WARRANTY

on all SanSwiss Spare parts are shower enclosures readily available, and shower trays (when even for products all warranty conditions that have gone are observed) out of production

AQUAPERLE GLASS COATING All glasses from SanSwiss are equipped with Aquaperle coating as standard

WHY CHOOSE SANSWISS? • Extremely wide range of shower enclosures at an attractive price. Shower enclosures in diffferent price levels that can be adapted to a variety of bathroom styles. • Full range of shower enclosures at reasonable prices. • Shower solutions in all price ranges, shower enclosures are available for everyone! • Possibility to order non-standard shower enclosures - height up to 2500 mm, cutouts, bevels, shortened side walls, U-mounting • Aquaperle glass coating is standard on all Sanswiss glass • European production, Swiss quality. • All products are manufactured in Europe. New products are being developed in France and the Czech Republic. • High quality - all SanSwiss products meet high European standards. Metal wheels, strong aluminum profiles, integrated hinges with lifting mechanism, solid hinges and handles. • Regular control and testing of product quality. • Assembly and service by experienced professionals from SanSwiss. • Warranty period - 5 years for all shower enclosures and trays (when all warranty conditions are observed) • Easy installation and service of the shower enclosures. The shower enclosures are very stable. • Short delivery time for all bestsellers. • New multifunction production - new warehouses, improved logistics, larger production. • Spare parts are easily accessible. • Professional team with employees, technical support and high-level advice (including access to services from assembly technicians). • 40 years of experience = satisfied customers. • Many outlets. • Attractive and suitable website - shower configurator, assembly instructions and video. Overview of spare parts. 6

Zen & Natural

Elegance & Character

In BLACK LINE collection - you will find elegant CADURA, AMALIA, ANNEA, SOLINO, TOP-LINE S and EASY shower enclosures. Attractive WHITE LINE shower enclosures in a fresh white matt color are produced by SanSwiss in the CADURA and EASY series. You will find luxurious full-color showers in the GOLD LINE collection in the CADURA series. 7

WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW SANSWISS REFERENCE NUMBER A SanSwiss reference number consists of up to 13 characters. Examples of reference numbers are also given on each page for a specific series (always above the table). Example of reference number: Model / Series

Hinges / Side

Standard or special dimension

Colour

Glass

PU13P

0750

XX*

e.g.: CAS2 AN1C SOLF1 TOPF2 D22T13 D35S2

e.g.: G=left D=right

e.g.: 075 = 750 mm 080 = 800 mm 090 = 900 mm 100 = 1000 mm or 0750 = 750 mm 0800 = 800 mm 0900 = 900 mm 1000 = 1000 mm or SM = special dimension

01 = silver matt 04 = white 06 = black matt 09 = white matt 10 = chrome 12 = gold 50 = silver high gloss SF = sanitary colour

07=TSG clear 08=Parsol bronze 20=Parsol gray 22=graniet 30=Master Carré 49=satin 51= screenprinted lines 61=lines 62=tree 67=vertical lines 68=Shade 69=Loft 69 73=Loft 73 81=Brume 82=Japan 85=Lina 87=Screen 88=white lines 89=Loft 89 90=Loft 90

Reference no: CA1C D 070 50 07 = CADURA swing door 1 pc. with compensation profile, hinges on the right, width 700 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear D22DE2B 080 50 07 = DIVERA corner entry 2-pcs. (swing doors with fixed panels), width 800 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear * IF THERE ARE SEVERAL VARIANTS TO CHOOSE FROM, THE FIELDS IN THE TABLES WILL BE MARKED: (XX). FIELDS MARKED IN THIS WAY FILL IN WITH THE DESIRED VARIANT.

SanSwiss offers shower enclosures in many design variants and well-thought-out solutions that simplify the daily cleaning of the products: • The hinges are flush with the glass inside the shower, and provide smooth surfaces with easy cleaning • Aquaperle glass coating is standard for all types of shower enclosures that SanSwiss delivers. • Hinged sliding door that can be lifted off

AQUAPERLE GLASS COATING

EFFECTIVE GLASS COATING

IS STANDARDLY APPLIED ON ALL SANSWISS GLASSES

IN STANDARD GLASS, SALTS AND IMPURITIES IN WATER MAY REMAIN ON THE SURFACE OF THE GLASS IN THE FORM OF SCALE AFTER DRYING WATER. GLASS WITH AQUAPERLE WATERPROOF COATING, REDUCESFORMATION OF LIMESCALE AND OTHER POLLUTIONS ON THE SURFACE OF GLASS. WITH AQUAPERLE COATING, WATER FLOWS IN THE FORM OF DROPS, NOT IN THE FORM OF A AQUATIC FILM. THE REST DOES NOT DEPOSIT IN THE COMPLEX SURFACE MICROSTRUCTURE OF GLASS, BUT ON THE PROTECTIVE WATERPROOFING SURFACE, FROM WHICH THEY CAN BE EASILY REMOVED. AQUAPERLE REDUCES SCALING AND SIMPLIFIES GLASS SURFACE CARE

REGULAR CLEANING IS IMPORTANT AQUAPERLE COATING REDUCES DEPOSITS OF DIRT AND SCALP ON GLASS, BUT DOES NOT PERFORM THE SELF-CLEANING FUNCTION. EVEN AQUAPERLE GLASS REQUIRES REGULAR MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING. LASS WITH AQUAPERLE SURFACE CAN BE EASY TO G CLEAN WITH A SOFT CLOTH, SPONGE OR SQUEEGEE. EGULAR CARE AND CLEANING OF GLASS, R IMMEDIATELY AFTER USING SHOWER ENCLOSURE, FROM THE BEGINNING PREVENTS ITS POLLUTION. OR BETTER CLEANING, YOU CAN USE SANSWISS F SANITARY CLEANER, WHICH DOES NOT DAMAGE THE GLASS SURFACE. O NOT USE AGGRESSIVE CLEANERS, SPONGES WITH D COARSE SURFACES OR COARSE CLOTH THAT CAN DAMAGE THE GLASS. FTER CLEANING, RINSE THE GLASS WITH CLEAN A WATER. WIP THE SURFACE WITH A SOFT CLOTH.

Glass without Aquaperle

T HANKS TO REGULAR CLEANING AND PROPER CARE, SHOWER ENCLOSURES WILL ALWAYS LOOK NEW - EVEN AFTER MANY YEARS.

Glass with Aquaperle 9

TIGHTNESS GOOD SPRAY PROTECTION

VERY GOOD PROTECTION AGAINST WATER SPRAYS

OPTIMAL PROTECTION AGAINST WATER SPRAYS

Shower enclosure without frame profile and without sealing strip

Shower enclosure with partly frame profile, with a low sealing strip

Shower enclosure with profile

Frameless screens without a threshold rail provide good protection against splashing water and meet the highest optical requirements. However, the lack of a threshold bar makes it easier for splashing water to get out. The possible incorporation of a low threshold rail will greatly improve the tightness.

Partially framed screens with a threshold rail provide very good protection against splashing water. A thin frame profile or threshold rail fundamentally prevents water from flowing out of the shower.

Frame screens with frame profiles provide optimum protection against splashing water. The protective effect is greater the larger the lower horizontal profile. The screen retains water even during intensive showering.

TIGHTNESS OF THE SERIES Shower type

Series

Good spray protection

Shower without frame profile and without sealing strip

PUR, CADURA, AMALIA, ANNEA, SOLINO

Very good protection against water sprays

Shower with partial frame profile, with a low sealing strip

PUR, CADURA, DIVERA, ANNEA, SOLINO, TOP-LINE S

WALK-IN

Walk-in

EASY, PUR, CADURA, DIVERA, TOP-LINE S, AMALIA

FACTS All showers from SanSwiss corresponde with the European standard EN 14428:2004+A1:2008, which also defines the requirements for water resistance in shower enclosures. However, there are differences between different types of products, depending on the design and structure. This affects the degree of water tightness against shower water. Shower enclosures with a distinctive and clear frame profile naturally have better protection against shower water than models without frame profiles.

CLEANING AND CARE CARE OF COATED SURFACES

Profiles, door handles, hinges and fittings have surfaces that are coated with bleached brass or anodised aluminum. In order to enjoy beautiful surfaces for many years to come, you must take into account the following during cleaning: Chrome-plated surfaces For regular care, it is sufficient to clean the surfaces with water, soapy water or rinse with water and wipe with a soft cloth. To remove limescale deposits, we recommend a cleaning product for shower enclosures based on citric acid. Use only special cleaners! The appropriate cleaning agent is easily determined according to the manufacturer‘s instructions on the back of the bottle, where the methods are indicated for the corresponding surfaces. Carefully read the instructions for use and dosage for different surfaces. After cleaning, the surface should be thoroughly rinsed with clean water and wiped dry with a cloth. Avoid certain active ingredients Some cleaning products contain active ingredients that can cause irreparable damage to the coating surfaces. These active ingredients are: • Acetic acid (also methane acid, Acidum aceticum) • Hydrochloric acid (Acidum hydrochloricum) • Formic acid (methanoic acid, formylic acid, carboxylic acid) • Sodium hypochlorite (sodium chloride, bleach - NaOCl, SAVO) • Phosphoric acid (E 338). Always avoid cleaning agents that contain these substances. They can attack the surfaces and can quickly lead to visible damage. Mixing different detergents should also be avoided, as the different active ingredients react with each other and can develop harmful gases. Use non-lint-free cloths for cleaning. Sponges with a hard surface and coarse cloths are not suitable for cleaning surfaces that can be easily damaged.

SANSWISS CLEANING AND CARE PRODUCTS

SanSwiss cleaning and care products for daily cleaning and care of your shower can be found in the chapter with accessories on page 315.

SHOWER ENCLOSURES AND SHOWER DOORS

DOOR OPTIONS - in a niche or in combination with a side wall

Swing door - opens outside

•

Swing door with fixed side panel - opens outside

•

Swing door - opens both inside and outside

•

Swing door with fixed side panel - opens both inside and outside

•

Swing door with fixed panel in a straight line - opens both inside and outside

•

Swing door 2 pcs. - opens both inside and outside

•

Swing door 2 pcs. with fixed side panel - opens both inside and outside

• •

•

Sliding door 2 pcs. with fixed panels

•

• •

•

Sliding door 3 pcs.

Folding door that can be folded in

SIDE WALLS

•

Side wall

•

Short side wall

•

• •

•

CADURA

EASY

TOP-LINE S

DIVERA

WALK-IN

AMALIA

WALK-IN, separate fixed panel

Sliding door 1 pc. with fixed panel

DIVERA

TOP-LINE S

CADURA

AMALIA

SOLINO M

SOLINO

ANNEA

CADURA

SHOWER ENCLOSURES WITH PROFILE

PUR

WALK-IN

PUR

SHOWER ENCLOSURES WITHOUT FRAME PROFILES

•

SHOWER ENCLOSURES AND SHOWER DOORS

SOLINO

EASY

CADURA

DIVERA

TOP-LINE S

CADURA

AMALIA

SOLINO M

•

• •

Round shower enclosure ( swing doors with fixed panels) - opens outside

•

• •

Corner entry 2-pcs. ( sliding doors with fixed panels)

ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURES

SOLINO

Bath screen 1 pc. with fixed panel in-line (swingable)

ANNEA

•

PUR

•

Corner entry 2 pcs. ( swing doors with fixed panels) - opens outside Corner entry 2 pcs. ( swing doors with fixed panels) - opens both inside and outside

•

Corner entry 2 pcs. (bifold swing door)

PENTAGONAL SHOWER ENCLOSURES

•

BATH SCREENS

•

Corner entry 1 pc. - opens both inside and outside

BATH SCREENS

•

SHOWER ENCLOSURES WITH PROFILE

Bath screen 1 pc. (swingable), or Bath screen (fixed panel)

Corner entry 1 pc. - opens outside

CCORNER ENTRANCES

CADURA

SHOWER ENCLOSURES WITHOUT FRAME PROFILES

• •

•

Pentagonal shower - swing door 1 pc. - opens outside

•

Pentagonal shower - swing door 2 pc. - opens outside

•

Round shower enclosure ( sliding doors with fixed panels) Round shower enclosure ( swing doors with fixed panels) - opens both inside and outside

•

Bath screen 2 pcs. (swingable and foldable) Bath screen sliding door 1 pc. with fixed panel

• •



AMALIA



CADURA



ANNEA



SOLINO



SOLINO M



TOP-LINE S



DIVERA



EASY



CADURA

ANNEA

SOLINO

SOLINO M

TOP-LINE S

DIVERA

EASY



TEMPERED GLASS WITH DIGITAL PRINTING





  



 Available for all models in the series  Only for selected models in the series (see details on the corresponding product page) 14

88 | white lines

81 | Brume

73 | Loft 73



69 | Loft 69



68 | Shade

TEMPERED GLASS WITH SCREENPRINTED DECORATION

90 | Loft 90

AMALIA



89 | Loft 89

8/6



82 | Japan

PUR



51 | screenprinted band

(mm)



49 | satin

THICKNESS OF GLASS





SWIS

ESG

-1



67 | Vertical lines

30 | Master Carré



62 | tree

22 | graniet



61 | lines

20 | Parsol gray

8/6

TEMPERED GLASS WITH CHROME DECOR

87 | Screen

08 | Parsol bronze

PUR

85 | Lina

07 | TSG clear

(mm)

TEMPERED DECORATING GLASS

TEMPERED GLASS (TSG)

THICKNESS OF GLASS

AVAILABLE TYPES OF GLASS FOR EACH SERIES

12150

All shower enclosures from SanSwiss are made of tempered safety glass and meet the highest requirements of the European safety standards in EN 12150-1:2000.

PROFILE COLOURS

•

SANITARY COLOURS SF | Sanitary colours

12 | G old GOLD LINE

06 | B lack matt BLACK LINE

04 | White

01 | Matt silver

SPECIAL COLOURS ON THE PROFILES

09 | W hite matt WHITE LINE

PUR

50 | High-gloss silver

10 | Chrome

STANDARD PROFILE COLOURS

•1) • •

AMALIA CADURA

• • • •

ANNEA

DIVERA

• • • •

EASY



SOLINO SOLINO M TOP-LINE S

•

• • 

• 

1) For special orders for height, the leveling wall profile will only be available in high-gloss silver.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION: THE COLORS WE SHOW ON PAGE 16 ARE EXAMPLES ONLY. THE PRINTED COLOURS IN THIS PRICE LIST CAN VARY FROM THE REAL COLOR. SANITARY COLOURS REQUIRE SPECIAL PRODUCTION AND HAVE LONGER DELIVERY TIME.

CADURA CA13+CAT1 WHITE LINE 15

PROFILE COLOURS STANDARD COLOURS

10 | Chrome

50 | High-gloss silver

01 | Matt silver

04 | White

CADURA CAW2G | high gloss silver, clear glass

NOTE VISIBLE PARTS SUCH AS HANDLES, WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP AND CORNER STABILIZER BARS ARE CHROMED.

SANITARY COLOURS SanSwiss offers profiles in sanitary colours (in the TOP-LINE S series). You can have the shower enclosure made exactly the way you want it. On request you can also get other colours than those specified. THE PRICE OF SANITARY COLOURS IS FORMED ON THE BASIS OF THE PRICE OF THE SPECIAL SIZE + 20%. Interesting for you? Contact the sales department. Example of order code - SF - SANITARY COLOURS TLSP SM1 SF 07 = TOP-Line S swing doors with a fixed panel in one line, width special size, sanitary colour, clear glass

Pergamon

Natura

Bahama beige

Manhattan

Antique bronze

IMPORTANT: FOR PRODUCTS IN SANITARY COLOURS, THE HANDLE WILL BE PAINTED IN THE COLOR OF THE PROFILE. COLOURS OF PLASTIC DETAILS: FOR MANHATTAN PROFILES PLASTIC DETAILS ARE AVAILABLE IN GRAY.

PROFILE COLOURS SPECIAL COLOURS

Visible parts in color 06 (black matt)

06 | Black matt

Visible parts in color 09 (white mat)

09 | White mat

Visible parts in color 12 (gold)

12 | Gold 17

GLASS TYPES TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS (TSG)

SanSwiss offers tempered safety glass in various structures and colors. All glasses are timeless and you have a good selection to choose from. Aquaperle glass coating is standard for all our tempered safety glass. The glass in combination with the design of the frame profiles gives you the best conditions for a perfect shower experience.

IS STANDARDLY APPLIED ON ALL SANSWISS GLASSES

07 | TSG clear

08 | Parsol bronze

TSG-GLASS WITH DECORATION

20 | Parsol gray 18

22 | Graniet

GLASS TYPES TSG-GLASS WITH DECORATION

NEW

30 | Master Carré

85 | Lina

87 | Screen

GLASS WITH DIGITAL PRINTING (CERAMIC COLOUR)

82 | Japan

89 | Loft 89

90 | Loft 90 19

GLASS TYPES TSG-GLASS WITH SCREENPRINT

49 | Satin

51 | S creenprinted band

68 | Shade

(The height of the strip is 730 mm to the center of the glass)

69 | Loft 69 20

73 | Loft 73

81 | Brume

GLASS TYPES TSG-GLASS WITH SCREENPRINT

88 | White lines

TSG - GLASS WITH DECORATION IN CHROME

61 | Lines

62 | Tree

67 | Vertical line 21

TECHNICAL SERVICE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS • All measurements must be stated in mm.

IN NICHE

• The drawing is made from the position in front of the shower. The right and left glass panels are classified as shown in the figure below.

View from the front

1. Measure the width at different heights.

2. Check that the walls are plumb and indicate any deviations for each wall accurately.

Width at the top

Height

Width in the middle

3. Also check if the shower tray (or floor) is level and enter the deviations.

Width at the bottom

View from above

Width of niche

IN THE CORNER +

left

1. Measure the width to the left and right side from the wall to the outer edge of the shower tray.

+ -

t righ

2. Check that the walls are plumb and indicate any deviations for each wall accurately. 3. Also check if the shower tray (or floor) is level and enter the deviations.

height

• Measures must be taken after tiles have been laid. • The undersize / indent indicates the dimension of the area into which the shower is inserted / removed from the edge of the bathtub to make the shower closer.

• You can mount the shower directly on the floor without a shower tray. For standard orders, please note that the actual size of the shower is smaller than the ordered size due to the undersize / indentation described above. This means, for example, that the actual size of a SOLINO revolving door with side panel and ordered size 900 x 900 mm, is 883 x 883 mm (from the tiled wall to the center of the glass). For standard orders, therefore, see the tables with adjustment dimensions on the technical information pages that belong to each series.

wid

of t

left

sid

wid

he of t

U-MOUNTING 1. Measure the width to the left and right from the wall to the outer edge of the shower tray.

+ + -

2. Check that the walls are plumb and indicate any deviations for each wall accurately. 3. Also check if the shower tray (or floor) is level and enter the deviations.

the width rig ht sid

w he idth left sid

of t

fro

t si

righ

height

• For mounting on shower trays, the undersize will be between 7 and 25 mm, depending on the product and will automatically be taken into account in production.

wid

MAIN INSTALLATION METHODS INSTALLATION ON THE SHOWER TRAY The location of the shower ed Order

Order

ed siz

size

Indent from the edge of the SHOWER TRAY

IMPORTANT • THE ORDERED SIZE ALWAYS MATCHES THE SIZE OF THE SHOWER TRAY. • SHOWERS OF STANDARD AND SPECIAL SIZES ARE ALWAYS MOUNTED WITH DISPLACEMENT FROM THE EDGE OF THE SHOWER TRAY (FROM 7 TO 26 MM DEPENDING ON THE SPECIFIC).

INSTALLATION ON THE PLATFORM IMPORTANT • SHOWERS OF STANDARD AND SPECIAL SIZES ARE ALWAYS MOUNTED WITH DISPLACEMENT FROM THE EDGE OF THE SHOWER TRAY (FROM 7 TO 26 MM DEPENDING ON THE SPECIFIC).

The location of the shower ed Order

size

Order

ed siz

Indent from the edge

INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR WHEN MOUNTING ON FLOOR, THIS MUST BE STATED IN THE ORDER The location of the shower ed Order

size

Order

ed siz 1) e

Ordered size = Measure from tiled wall to the middle of the glass

IMPORTANT • SHOWER ENCLOSURES WITH STANDARD DIMENSIONS: A TTENTION: THERE IS A RISK THAT THE SHOWER ENCLOSURE WILL BE LESS THAN THE MEASURED FLOOR WIDTH. IT IS NECESSARY TO FOLLOW THE DIMENSIONS FROM THE TABLES IN THE „TECHNICAL INFORMATION“ AT THE END OF EACH SERIE. IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS, CONTACT THE MANUFACTURER. • SHOWER ENCLOSURES WITH SPECIAL DIMENSIONS: SHOWER ENCLOSURES ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT WITHDRAWAL 23

U-MOUNTING U-mounting is ideal for large bathrooms, where the shower enclosure can be installed anywhere in the room (not just in the corner). For U-mounting (door + 2 side panels), the distance between the glass elements and the edge of the shower tray will be different than with a standard installation (door + side panels). See the detailed technical information that accompanies each series. When ordering standard sizes and mounting directly on the floor, you must take into account that the actual sizes of the shower enclosure will be smaller than what is ordered.

U-MOUNTING - EXAMPLES

CADURA | CA31C+CAT2+CAT5

CADURA | CAS2+CAST+CAST

AMALIA | D35F3+D35S2+D35F1+2x RE.06.1000

DIVERA | D22SRB+D22F1+D22EV1

IN ORDER TO IMPROVE STABILITY DURING U-MOUNTING, IT IS NECESSARY TO USE CORNER STABILIZER! WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU ASK OUR SALES TEAM FOR DETAILED PRICE OFFER WITH TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SOLUTION - PRODEJ@SANSWISS.CZ. 24

U-MOUNTING AVAILABLE SERIES WHERE U-MOUNTING IS POSSIBLE MODEL Side wall 1

Side wall 2

PU13P SM

PUDT2P

PUDT3P

2x RP2.10.500

PU13 SM

PURDT2 SM

PURDT3 SM

2x RP2.10.500

D35S2

D35F1

D35F3

2x RE.06.1000

(optional accessory)

AMALIA

PUR

Door

ACCESSORIES

PUDT2P + PU13PD SM + PUDT3P + 2x RP2.10.500

TOP-LINE S

DIVERA

CADURA

D35F3 + D35S2 + D35F1 + RE.06.100

CA13

CAT1

CAT3

2x RCA.XX.1000

CA31C

CAT2

CAT5

2x RCA.XX.1000

CA2C

CAT2

2x RCA.XX.1000

CAS2

CAST

2x RCA.XX.1000

D22T1

D22F1

D22F3

D22EV1.10.500, D22EV2.10.500

D22T13

D22F1

2x D22EV1.10.500

D22T13

D22F1

D22F3

D22EV1.10.500, D22EV2.10.500

D22T31

D22F1

2x D22EV1.10.500

D22T31

D22F1

D22F3

D22EV1.10.500, D22EV2.10.500

D22T2

D22F1

2x D22EV1.10.500

D22T2

D22F1

D22F3

D22EV1.10.500, D22EV2.10.500

D22T32

D22F1

2x D22EV1.10.500

D22T32

D22F1

D22F3

D22EV1.10.500, D22EV2.10.500

D22DE2B

D22F1

D22EV1.10.500

D22ERB

D22F1

D22EV1.10.500

D22S2B

D22F1

2x D22EV1.10.500

D22S2B

D22F1

D22F3

D22EV1.10.500, D22EV2.10.500

D22K

D22F1

---

D22K

D22F1

D22F3

---

D22S3

D22F1

---

D22S3

D22F1

D22F3

---

D22SE2B

D22F1

D22SRB

D22F1

D22WI1

D22BTK2/3

D22WI2

D22BTK2

---

D22WI3

D22BTK3

---

TLS2

TOPF2

2x EVT6.XX.1000

TLS4

TOPF2

2x EVT6.XX.1000

TLS

TOPF2

CAT1 + CA13D + CAT3 CAT2 + CA2C + CAT2 CAST + CAS2D + CAST + 2x RCA.XX.1000 + 2x RCA.XX.1000 + 2x RCA.XX.1000

D22T1 + D22F1 + D22F3 2x D22F1 + D22T13 + + D22EV1.10.500 + D22EV2.10.500 D22FPG +2x D22EV1.10.500

2x D22F1 + D22T31 + 2x D22F1+ D22T2 D22F1 + D22DE2B + D22FPG D22FPG +2x D22EV1.10.500 +2x D22EV1.10.500 + D22EV1.10.500

D22ERB + D22F1 + D22FPG 2x D22F1 D22F1 + D22SE2B D22F1 + D22SRB + D22EV1.10.500 + D22S3 + D22EV1.10.500 + D22EV1.10.500

D22EV1.10.500 D22EV1.10.500 D22BTK2/3

---

1x EVT6.XX.1000

D22WI +D22BTK2/D22BTK3 with ceiling struts

TLS2D + TOPF2 + TOPF2 TLS4 + TOPF2 + TOPF2 TLS + TOPF2 + 2x EVT6.XX.1000 + 2x EVT6.XX.1000 + EVT6.XX.1000

U-mounting on shower tray - for standard sizes available in the series: AMALIA, CADURA, DIVERA, TOP-LINE S. U-mounting on shower tub - in the PUR and AMALIA series, doors and / or side panels must be ordered as special sizes. U-mounting on the floor - all series must be ordered as special sizes. 25

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS Considering that there are many different needs for furnishing a modern bathroom, we are continuously developing our range of special solutions. As a leading shower manufacturer, we specialize in tailor-made adaptations with oblique cuts and cuts that can be precisely adapted to oblique walls. You can choose between different profile colors or glass types and thus have a shower produced completely according to your ideas and wishes. Special solutions also include solutions designed for very small bathrooms, but which provide ample space for a shower with optimal space utilization.

CORNER ENTRANCE WITH FOLDING DOOR THAT CAN BE FOLDED IN Available variants: SOLF1 G+D (SOLINO)

SOLINO | SOLF1 G+D Ideal solution for small bathrooms.

BEVELLED DOORS (ANY BEVELLED ANGLE) Only available in the PUR and CADURA series.

PUR | PUR1 Ideal solution for bathrooms without right angles.

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS DOORS IN A NICHE WITH A BEVEL Bathroom in niche- installation of shower doors with bevel on shower tray. Available versions : PUR, AMALIA, CADURA, DIVERA

PUR | PUR1

CADURA | CA1C

AMALIA | D35S2

DIVERA | D22T1 27

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS DOOR WITH SHORT SIDE INSTALLED NEXT TO BATHTUB Available solutions: PUR, AMALIA, CADURA, DIVERA

PUR | PU13P+PUDT2P

AMALIA | D35S2+D35F1V

CADURA | CAS2+CAST

DIVERA | D22K+D22F1V

Shower enclosure installed next to bathtub.

SPECIAL SOLUTIONS In the attic or bathroom with sloping walls, it can often be difficult to place a regular shower. Thanks to oblique cutting and cuts in the glass, the fixed field can be easily adapted to all angles. You can also make adjustments to the door. All shower solutions with oblique cuts and bevels are specially checked by our technical designers to find the best possible solution in each individual case.

DOORS WITH FIXED WALL WITH CUT AND BEVEL Available solutions: PUR, AMALIA, CADURA, DIVERA, WALK-IN EASY (certain models)

PUR | PU13P+PUDT2P

AMALIA | D35S2+D35F1

CADURA | CA13+CAT1

EASY | STR4P

Bathroom in the attic - installation of shower enclosure with oblique cut on shower tray.

IMPLEMENTED PROJECTS SanSwiss shower enclosures inspire architects and designers around the world, so we create shower enclosures for respectable hotels, spa-centers and, last but not least, for the world‘s most famous cruise liners.

CZECH REPUBLIC

NATIONAL THEATER | PRAGUE

VILLA REGENHART | JESENÍK

FIRST TANK BEER SPA PRAGUE ® | PRAGUE

SHERATON PRAGUE CHARLES SQUARE HOTEL | PRAGUE 30

TREE OF LIFE | LÁZNĚ BĚLOHRAD

IMPLEMENTED PROJECTS

POLAND

ROMANIA

IBIS STYLE HOTEL | ARAS

IBIS HOTEL | WROCLAW

SWITZERLAND

KREUZ KAPPEL | SWITZERLAND 31

SANSWISS WEBSITE Welcome to our website, www.sanswiss.com. The website is up-to-date, both technically and visually. In addition to an attractive design, the website is designed to meet the requirements of you as a customer. You who visit our website, whether you are a professional customer or private customer who is interested in our products - can easily get a detailed overview of the product range of SanSwiss. Here you get a wealth of information about the products, along with a selection of current shower enclosures for the bathroom.

SANSWISS SHOWER CONFIGURATOR With SanSwiss‘s shower configurator, the right shower model is just a few clicks away. The configurator guides you through how you want the shower to be mounted (on the shower tub or directly on the floor), which door you want (swing door, pivot door, sliding door, etc.), available sizes for the model you have chosen, and glass and profile variants. After configuration, you can print a product sheet as a PDF with detailed and clear information about the shower enclosure model you have chosen.

WWW.SANSWISS.COM DOWNLOAD

Under the „Download“ tab you will find a lot of information and documents to help you plan, select and install your SanSwiss shower enclosure. For example, product sheets and installation videos, BIM files for architects and much more.

DOWNLOAD EXACTLY TARGETED DRAWINGS

It is not only for shower enclosure without frame profiles that complete measurements are necessary. The right dimensions are required and are crucial for a tailor-made shower enclosure production at SanSwiss. When you use our SanSwiss measurement form, the necessary measurements required to order and install the relevant shower enclosure can be easily registered. This simplifies the ordering process and reduces potential errors in production.

ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

Current assembly instructions, spare parts lists or product data sheets can be quickly and easily downloaded directly for each product.

EXPLORE SANSWISS, FIND THE SHOWER EXPERIENCE YOU WANT INSTAGRAM

@sanswiss_official

PUR

PUR GENEROUS SHOWER SOLUTIONS WITH HIGH-QUALITY DESIGN PUR is the frameless shower enclosure series with high-quality design for individual bathroom solutions. High-quality materials such as solid hinges and fittings made of chrome-plated brass, 8 mm sturdy tempered safety glass as well as slim stabilising bars and an elegant door handle provide a decidedly high level of showering comfort for many years. The Aquaperle glass coating applied as standard and the sophisticated inside flush hinges with the convenient raising and lowering mechanism further add to the high quality of this shower enclosure range.

Available door and side panel versions:

PUR | A TYPICAL SERIES THAT WILL PERFECTLY MEET ALL YOUR REQUIREMENTS THE TYPICAL PUR SERIES OFFERS A WIDE RANGE OF POSSIBILITIES FOR CREATING AN INDIVIDUAL BATHROOM DESIGN: HEIGHT OF SHOWER ENCLOSURES UP TO 2500 MM, BEVELS, CUTOUTS, SHORTENED SIDE WALLS. THANKS TO THE VARIETY OF THE PUR SERIES, YOU WILL BE ABLE TO CHOOSE THE SHOWER ENCLOSURE THAT BEST MEETS YOUR NEEDS.

PURmax offers Pur models with L- fastening with the special size of height up to 2500 mm, except for round shower enclosures. For products marked in this way with a height of more than 2000 mm the measurement is FREE. Price: Height 2001 up to 2100 mm, surcharge of 10% to the price of special sizes 2101 up to 2200 mm, surcharge of 20% to the price of special sizes 2201 up to 2300 mm, surcharge of 30% to the price of special sizes 2301 up to 2500 mm, surcharge of 50% to the price of special sizes

PUR

PUR | ATYPICAL SOLUTIONS - A STRONG POINT OF THE PUR SERIES

PUR1 Swing door in niche with bevel cut

PU13P + PUDT2P Swing door with fixed panel and wall connection profile + shortened side panel at 90°, freely suspended 37

PUR | ATYPICAL SOLUTIONS - A STRONG POINT OF THE PUR SERIES

PU13P + PUDT2P Swing door with fixed panel and wall connection profile + shortened side panel at 90°, freely suspended

Plinth profile with magnetic closure for a shortened side panel (Shortened side panel always suspended freely)

Shortened side panel PUR is always anchored separately and offset from the edge by 21 mm. The lower edge of the glass is 15 mm below the upper edge of the tub. 38

Element of leveling profile (with open outer protective profile) on the shortened PUDT2P side wall, mounted on the side of the bathtub

PUR

WPT Profile for fixing the door on the hinge side at an angle

WPM Profile with magnetic seal for fixing the door at an angle PUR1 Swing doors with WPM and WPT corner profiles

Anchoring of the side panel using special L-fittings (hinges) from the outside

PU13P + PUDT2P Swing door with fixed wall in one line, with leveling profile and side wall at an angle of 90°, installed with the EP profile

Wall anchoring using standard L-fittings (hinges) from the inside

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1000 mm



PUR1CG + PUDT2P | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PUR1CD | chrome (10), clear glass (07) 40

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PUR1C G 070 10 07 = PUR Swing door 1 pc. with wall connection profile, hinges on the left, width 700 mm, height 2000 mm, chrome, clear glass PUR1C |SWING DOOR 1 PC. WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE

tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | chrome hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | opening outside | magnetic seal | 5 mm water deflector strip Standard dimensions 1) 2)

Model

Hinges

Width

Colour

Glass 30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

700 750 800 900 1000

595 645 695 795 895

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

PUR1C PUR1C PUR1C PUR1C PUR1C

x x x x x

070 075 080 090 100

10 10 10 10 10

xx xx xx xx xx

2000 up to 2000

PUR1C PUR1C

x x

SM1 SM2

10 10

xx xx

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

Dimension 10=chrome

PUR1CG

Special dimensions 1) 2) 700-1000 700-1000

to door width to door width

PUDT2P | SIDE PANEL WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE (FOR DOORS AT 90° ON THE HANDLE SIDE) tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1600 mm

Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass 30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

070 075 080 090 100 120

10 10 10 10 10 10

xx xx xx xx xx xx

SM2 SM4

10 10

xx xx

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

PUDT2P PUDT2P PUDT2P PUDT2P PUDT2P PUDT2P

up to 2000 up to 2000

PUDT2P PUDT2P

PUR1CG + PUDT2P

Special dimensions 1) 2) 300 - 1000 1001 - 1600

EXTRAS FOR THE DOOR OR THE SIDE PANEL Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

PUR1CG + PUDT2PSM

ACCESSORIES Towel rail, width 600 mm Glass shelf, width 600 mm Towel rail + glass shelf, chrome, width 600 mm

PS2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PT2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PST2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm)

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Construction readiness of the niche after laying the tiles

Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Door in niche (-19 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-15 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-18 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-5 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-8 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

681-700 731-750 781-800 881-900 981-1000 -

685-700 735-750 785-800 885-900 985-1000 -

682-700 732-750 782-800 882-900 982-1000 1182-1200

664 714 764 864 964 -

664 714 764 864 964 1164

(-9 mm; +10 mm)

(-5 mm; +10 mm)

(-8 mm; +10 mm)

(-5 mm; +10 mm)

(-8 mm; +10 mm)

956-975

960-975

957-975

929

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

COMMENT

! Technical page see page 82-85.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

PUR1G + PUDT2P | chrome (10), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PUR1D | chrome (10), clear glass (07) 42

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PUR1 G SM1 10 07 = PUR Swing door 1 pc., hinges on the left, width special dimension, height 2000 mm, chrome, clear glass PUR1 |SWING DOOR 1 PC.

Model

Hinges

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

up to 1000

Width -47 mm

2000 up to 2000 5)

PUR1 PUR1

x x

Width

Colour

Dimension 10=chrome SM1 SM2

Glass 07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

10 10

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

xx xx

xx xx PUR1G

PUDT2P | SIDE PANEL WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE (FOR DOORS AT 90° ON THE HANDLE SIDE) tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1600 mm

Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass 30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

070 075 080 090 100 120

10 10 10 10 10 10

xx xx xx xx xx xx

SM2 SM4

10 10

xx xx

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

PUDT2P PUDT2P PUDT2P PUDT2P PUDT2P PUDT2P

up to 2000 up to 2000

PUDT2P PUDT2P

Special dimensions 1) 2) 300 - 1000 1001 - 1600

PUR1G + PUDT2P

EXTRAS FOR THE DOOR OR THE SIDE PANEL Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES PS2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PT2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PST2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm)

Towel rail, width 600 mm Glass shelf, width 600 mm Towel rail + glass shelf, chrome, width 600 mm

PUR1G + PUDT2PSM

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Side panel at 90° (-18 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-8 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

682-700 732-750 782-800 882-900 982-1000 1182-1200

664 714 764 864 964 1164

(-8 mm; +10 mm)

957-975

929

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 36 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -8 TO +10 MM).SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - ADJUSTABLE WIDTH OF DOORS IN THE NICHE: FROM 0 TO +10 MM. 5) - PURmax: ADDITIONAL PAYMENT FOR NON-STANDARD MODELS WITH A HEIGHT OF MORE THAN 2001 - 2100 MM +10 %; 2101 - 2200 MM +20 %; 2201 - 2300 MM +30 %; 2301 - 2500 MM +50%. ! Technical page see page 82-85.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

PUR1G + PURDT2 | chrome (10), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PUR1D | chrome (10), clear glass (07) 44

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PUR1 G SM1 10 07 = PUR Swing door 1 pc., hinges on the left, width special dimension, height 2000 mm, chrome, clear glass PUR1 |SWING DOOR 1 PC.

Model

Hinges

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

up to 1000

Width -47 mm

2000 up to 2000 4)

PUR1 PUR1

x x

Width

Colour

Dimension 10=chrome SM1 SM2

10 10

Glass 30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet xx xx

xx xx PUR1G

PURDT2 | SIDE PANEL WITH WALL BRACKET (FOR DOORS AT 90° ON THE HANDLE SIDE) tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1600 mm Special dimensions 1) 2)

Model

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

300 - 1000 1001 - 1600

up to 2000 4) up to 2000 4)

PURDT2 PURDT2

SM2 SM4

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

10 10

xx xx

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band xx xx

EXTRAS FOR THE DOOR OR THE SIDE PANEL Bevel/cut-out

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

PUR1G + PURDT2

ACCESSORIES Towel rail, width 600 mm Glass shelf, width 600 mm Towel rail + glass shelf, chrome, width 600 mm

PS2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PT2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PST2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm)

PUR1G + PURDT2SM

COMMENT

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1600 mm



PU13PG + PUDT2P | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PU13PD | chrome (10), clear glass (07) 46

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PU13P G 090 10 07 = PUR Swing door with fixed panel and wall connection profile, hinges on the left, height 2000 mm, width 900 mm, chrome, clear glass PU13P | SWING DOOR WITH FIXED PANEL AND WALL CONNECTION PROFILE

Model

Hinges

Width

Colour

Glass

Total width

Door width

Entry width

Fixed panel width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

900 1000 1200 1400

630 730 730 930

593 693 693 893

270 270 470 470

2000 2000 2000 2000

PU13P PU13P PU13P PU13P

x x x x

090 100 120 140

10 10 10 10

xx xx xx xx

up to 2000

PU13P

SM2

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

Dimension 10=chrome

PU13PG

Special dimensions 1) 2) 5) up to 1600 up to 900

to door width

PUDT2P | SIDE PANEL WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE (FOR DOORS AT 90° ON THE HANDLE SIDE) tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating

Standard dimensions 1) 3) 6)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass 30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

070 075 080 090 100 120

10 10 10 10 10 10

xx xx xx xx xx xx

SM2 SM4

10 10

xx xx

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

PUDT2P PUDT2P PUDT2P PUDT2P PUDT2P PUDT2P

up to 2000 up to 2000

PUDT2P PUDT2P

PUDT2P + PU13PD

Special dimensions 1) 2) 300 - 1000 1001 - 1600

EXTRAS FOR THE DOOR OR THE SIDE PANEL Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

PUDT2PSM + PU13PD

ACCESSORIES Towel rail, width 600 mm Glass shelf, width 600 mm Towel rail + glass shelf, chrome, width 600 mm

PS2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PT2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PST2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm)

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Construction readiness of the niche after laying the tiles

Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Door in niche (-18 mm; +5 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-18 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-18 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-8 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-8 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

882-905 982-1005 1182-1205 1382-1405

882-900 982-1000 1182-1200 1382-1400

682-700 732-750 782-800 882-900 982-1000 1182-1200 -

864 964 1164 1364

664 714 764 864 964 1164 -

(-8 mm; +15 mm)

(-8 mm; +10 mm)

957-980

957-975

929

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

PUDT2P + PU13PD + PUDT3P + 2x RP2.10.500

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 36 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -8 TO +10 MM).SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) - U-MOUNTING POSSIBLE IN PU13P SM + PUDT2P + PUDT3P + 2 ANGLE CORNER SUPPORTS RP2.10.500 5) - FOR SPECIAL DIMENSIONS, THE WIDTH OF THE FIXED PANEL (MIN. 200 MM) AND THE WIDTH OF THE DOOR MUST BE SPECIFIED IN THE ORDER 6) - PUDT3P SIDE WALL WITH COMPENSATION PROFILE (FOR DOOR AT 90 ° ON THE SIDE OF THE FIXED PANEL), DESCRIPTION AND PRICES PUDT3P ON THE PAGE 49. ! Technical page see page 82-85.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1600 mm

PU13G + PURDT2 | chrome (10), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PU13D | chrome (10), clear glass (07) 48

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PU13 G SM1 10 07 = P UR Swing door 1 pc. with fixed panel and wall brackets, hinges on the left, width special dimension, height 2000 mm, chrome, clear glass PU13 | SWING DOOR 1 PC. WITH FIXED PANEL AND WALL BRACKETS

Model

Hinges

Total width

Entry width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

up to 1600

up to 900

2000 up to 2000 5)

PU13 PU13

x x

Width

Colour

Dimension 10=chrome SM1 SM2

10 10

Glass 30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet xx xx

xx xx PU13D

PURDT2 | SIDE PANEL WITH WALL BRACKET (FOR DOORS AT 90° ON THE HANDLE SIDE) tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating Special dimensions 1) 2)

Model

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

300 - 1000 1001 - 1600

up to 2000 5) up to 2000 5)

PURDT2 PURDT2

SM2 SM4

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

10 10

xx xx

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band xx xx

EXTRAS FOR THE DOOR OR THE SIDE PANEL Bevel/cut-out

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each PURDT2 + PU13D

ACCESSORIES Towel rail, width 600 mm Glass shelf, width 600 mm Towel rail + glass shelf, chrome, width 600 mm

PS2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PT2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PST2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ADJUSTABLE WIDTH OF DOORS IN THE NICHE: FROM 0 TO +10 MM. 4) - FOR SPECIAL DIMENSIONS, THE WIDTH OF THE FIXED PANEL (MIN. 200 MM) AND THE WIDTH OF THE DOOR MUST BE SPECIFIED IN THE ORDER. 5) - PURmax: ADDITIONAL PAYMENT FOR NON-STANDARD MODELS WITH A HEIGHT OF MORE THAN 2001 - 2100 MM +10 %; 2101 - 2200 MM +20 %; 2201 - 2300 MM +30 %; 2301 - 2500 MM +50%. ! Technical page see page 82-85.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 2000 mm



PU31PG + PUDT3P | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PU31PG | chrome (10), clear glass (07) 50

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PU31P G 090 10 07 = P UR Swing door with fixed panel in a straight line and wall connection profile, hinges on the left, height 2000 mm, width 900 mm, chrome, clear glass PU31P | SWING DOOR WITH FIXED PANEL IN A STRAIGHT LINE AND WALL CONNECTION PROFILE tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | chrome wall profile | chrome hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | opening outside | magnetic seal | 5 mm water deflector strip | stabilizer bar Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Hinges

Width

Colour

Glass

Total width

Door width

Entry width

Fixed panel width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

900 1000 1200 1400

630 730 730 930

593 693 693 893

270 270 470 470

2000 2000 2000 2000

PU31P PU31P PU31P PU31P

x x x x

090 100 120 140

10 10 10 10

xx xx xx xx

up to 2000 up to 2000

PU31P PU31P

x x

SM2 SM4

10 10

xx xx

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

Dimension 10=chrome

PU31PG

Special dimensions 1) 2) 3) up to 1600 up to 900 up to 2000 up to 900

to door width to door width

PUDT3P | SIDE PANEL WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE (FOR DOORS AT 90° ON THE SIDE OF A FIXED WALL) tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | profiles for connecting of fixed panel with side panel in 90°

Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass 30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

070 075 080 090 100 120

10 10 10 10 10 10

xx xx xx xx xx xx

SM2 SM4

10 10

xx xx

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

PUDT3P PUDT3P PUDT3P PUDT3P PUDT3P PUDT3P

up to 2000 up to 2000

PUDT3P PUDT3P

PU31PGSM 2

Special dimensions 1) 2) 300 - 1000 1001 - 1600

EXTRAS FOR THE DOOR OR THE SIDE PANEL

PUDT3P + PU31PD

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES Towel rail, width 600 mm Glass shelf, width 600 mm Towel rail + glass shelf, chrome, width 600 mm

PS2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PT2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PST2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PUDT3PSM + PU31PD

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-22 mm; +3 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-14 mm; +3 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-4 mm; +13 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

878-903 978-1003 1178-1203 1378-1403

900 1000 1200 1400

686-703 736-753 786-803 886-903 986-1003 1186-1203 -

900 1000 1200 1400

664 714 764 864 964 1164 -

(-12 mm; +13 mm)

(0 mm)

(-4 mm; +13 mm)

(0 mm)

(-4 mm; +13 mm)

953-978

965

961-978

965

929

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

! Technical page see page 82-85.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 2000 mm

PU31G + PURDT3 | chrome (10), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PU31D | chrome (10), clear glass (07) 52

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PU31 G SM2 10 07 = P UR Swing door with fixed panel in a straight line and wall brackets, hinges on the left, width special dimension, height 2000 mm, chrome, clear glass PU31 | SWING DOOR WITH FIXED PANEL IN A STRAIGHT LINE AND WALL BRACKETS

Special dimensions 1) 2) 3) 4)

Model

Hinges

Total width

Door width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

up to 1600 up to 2000

up to 900

up to 2000 5)

PU31 PU31

x x

Width

Colour

Dimension 10=chrome SM2 SM4

10 10

Glass 07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

xx xx

xx xx PU31G

PURDT3 | SIDE PANEL WITH WALL BRACKET (FOR DOORS AT 90° ON THE SIDE OF A FIXED WALL)

tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1250 mm | profiles for connecting of fixed panel with side panel in 90° | sealing U-profile 50552

Special dimensions 1) 2)

Model

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

300 - 1000 1001 - 1600

up to 2000 5) up to 2000 5)

PURDT3 PURDT3

SM2 SM4

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

10 10

xx xx

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band xx xx

EXTRAS FOR THE DOOR OR THE SIDE PANEL Bevel/cut-out

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

PURDT3 + PU31D

ACCESSORIES Towel rail, width 600 mm Glass shelf, width 600 mm Towel rail + glass shelf, chrome, width 600 mm

PS2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PT2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PST2.10.600 (for fixed panel in special size from 750 mm) PURDT3SM + PU31D

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ADJUSTABLE WIDTH OF DOORS IN THE NICHE: FROM 0 TO +10 MM. 4) - THE WIDTH OF THE FIXED PANEL (MIN. 200 MM) AND OF THE DOOR MUST BE SPECIFIED IN THE ORDER (ONLY FOR SPECIAL DIMENSIONS). 5) - PURmax: ADDITIONAL PAYMENT FOR NON-STANDARD MODELS WITH A HEIGHT OF MORE THAN 2001 - 2100 MM +10 %; 2101 - 2200 MM +20 %; 2201 - 2300 MM +30 %; 2301 - 2500 MM +50%. ! Technical page see page 82-85.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1250 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PUR2 | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PUR2 SM1 10 07 = PUR Swing door 2 pcs., width special dimension, height 2000 mm, chrome, clear glass PUR2 | SWING DOOR 2 PCS.

Model

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

Dimension

do 1250

Width - 55 mm

2000 up to 2000 4)

PUR2 PUR2

SM1 SM2

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

10 10

xx xx

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band xx xx PUR2

COMMENT

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1000 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PUE1G + PUE1D | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PUE1 G SM1 10 07 = PUR Corner entry 1 pc. (swing doors), left side, width special dimension, height 2000 mm, chrome, clear glass PUE1 G+D | CORNER ENTRY 1 PC. (SWING DOORS)

Model

Side

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

400 - 1000

= totally

2000 up to 2000 4)

PUE1 PUE1

x x

Width

Colour

Dimension 10=chrome SM1 SM2

10 10

Glass 07=TSG clear 22=Graniet xx xx

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band xx xx PUE1G + PUE1D

COMMENT

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1200 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PUE2PG + PUE2PD | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PUE2P G 075 10 07 = P UR Corner entry 2 pcs. (swing doors with fixed panels) with wall connection profile, left side, height 2000 mm, width 750 mm, chrome, clear glass PUE2P G+D | CORNER ENTRY 2 PCS. (SWING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS) WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | chrome wall profile | chrome hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | opening outside | magnetic seal | 5 mm water deflector strip | 2 corner stabilizer bars

Standard dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 3) 4) 5)

Model

Side

Width

Colour

Glass

Total width

Width fixed panel

Entry width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

750 800 900 1000 1200

270 270 270 270 470

630 700 842 984 984

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

PUE2P PUE2P PUE2P PUE2P PUE2P

x x x x x

075 080 090 100 120

10 10 10 10 10

xx xx xx xx xx

SM2

Dimension 10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

PUE2PG + PUE2PD

Special dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 2) 5) Width

Entry width

Height

750 - 1200

up to 1000

up to 2000

PUE2P

EXTRAS Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-18 mm; 0 mm)

Corner entry (-8 mm; +10 mm)

750 800 900 1000 1200

732-750 782-800 882-900 982-1000 1182-1200

714 764 864 964 1164

(-8 mm; +10 mm)

957-975

929

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 36 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -8 TO +10 MM).SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) - THE WIDTH OF THE FIXED PANEL (MIN. 200 MM) AND OF THE DOOR MUST BE SPECIFIED IN THE ORDER (ONLY FOR SPECIAL DIMENSIONS). 5) - A CORNER ENTRY ALWAYS CONSISTS OF A LEFT AND A RIGHT PART. ! Technical page see page 82-85.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1200 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PUE2G + PUE2D | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PUE2 G SM1 10 07 = P UR Corner entry 2 pcs. (swing doors with fixed panels) with wall brackets, left side, width special dimension, height 2000 mm, chrome, clear glass PUE2 G+D | CORNER ENTRY 2 PCS. (SWING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS) WITH WALL BRACKETS

Model

Side

Total width

Entry width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

750 - 1200 750 - 1200

up to 1000 up to 1000

2000 up to 2000 5)

PUE2 PUE2

x x

Width

Colour

Dimension 10=chrome SM1 SM2

10 10

Glass 07=TSG clear 22=Graniet xx xx

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band xx xx PUE2G + PUE2D

EXTRAS Bevel/cut-out

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - FOR SPECIAL DIMENSIONS, THE WIDTH OF THE FIXED PANEL (MIN. 200 MM) AND THE WIDTH OF THE DOOR MUST BE SPECIFIED IN THE ORDER. 4) - A CORNER ENTRY ALWAYS CONSISTS OF A LEFT AND A RIGHT PART. 5) - PURmax: ADDITIONAL PAYMENT FOR NON-STANDARD MODELS WITH A HEIGHT OF MORE THAN 2001 - 2100 MM +10 %; 2101 - 2200 MM +20 %; 2201 - 2300 MM +30 %; 2301 - 2500 MM +50%. ! Technical page see page 82-85.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm/ 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PU4P | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PU4P 50 080 10 07 = P UR Round shower enclosure (swing doors w. fixed panels) with wall connection profile, radius 500 mm, height 2000 mm, width 800 mm, chrome, clear glass PU4P | ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE (SWING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS) WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE tempered safety glass 8 mm fixed panels, 6 mm safety glass of the doors, Aquaperle glass coating | chrome hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | chrome wall profile | opening outside | magnetic seal | 5 mm water deflector strip | 2 corner stabilizer bars

Entry width

210 160 310 260 410 360

777 847 777 847 777 847

800 900 1000

2000 2000 2000

Reference

50=500 mm 55=550 mm

Dimension

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear

50 55 50 55 50 55

080 080 090 090 100 100

10 10 10 10 10 10

07 07 07 07 07 07

PU4P PU4P

50 55

SM1 SM1

10 10

07 07

PU4P

PU4P PU4P PU4P PU4P PU4P PU4P

1) 2) 4) 5)

Special dimensions

Height

Width

Width fixed panel B

Radius

Width A

Height

750 - 1200

2000

Width A

Model

Standard dimensions 1) 3) 4)

EXTRAS (ONLY FOR FIXED PANELS) Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Round (-11 mm; +6 mm)

800 900 1000

789-806 889-906 989-1006

770 870 970

(-6 mm; +11 mm)

959-976

935

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 30 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -11 TO +6 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - THE WIDTH OF THE DOOR WINGS CANNOT BE CHANGED, ONLY THE WIDTH OF THE FIXED PANELS CAN BE CHANGED. 5) - FOR ASYMMETRICAL WIDTHS PLEASE SPECIFY THE LEFT AND RIGHT WIDTH. ! Technical page see page 82-85.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm/ 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PU4 | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PU4 50 SM1 10 07 = P UR Round shower enclosure (swing doors w. fixed panels) with wall bracket, radius 500 mm, width special dimension, height 2000 mm, chrome, clear glass PU4 | ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE (SWING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS) WITH WALL BRACKET

tempered safety glass 8 mm fixed panels, 6 mm safety glass of the doors, Aquaperle glass coating | chrome hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | opening outside | magnetic seal | 5 mm water deflector strip | 2 corner stabilizer bars | sealing U-profile 50552 Special dimensions 1) 2) 3) 4)

Model

Radius 50=500 mm 55=550 mm

Width A

Height

Reference

750 - 1200

2000

PU4

Width Dimension SM1

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear

07 PU4

Bevel/cut-out

EXTRAS (ONLY FOR FIXED PANELS) Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

COMMENT

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm/ 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

P3PG | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: P3P G 50 080 10 07 = P UR Round shower enclosure (swing door with fixed panels) with wall connection profile, hinges on the left, radius 500 mm, height 2000 mm, width 800 mm, chrome, clear glass P3P | ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE (SWING DOOR WITH FIXED PANELS) WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE tempered safety glass 8 mm fixed panels, 6 mm safety glass of the doors, Aquaperle glass coating | chrome wall profile | chrome hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | opening outside | magnetic seal | 5 mm water deflector strip | 2 corner stabilizer bars

720 800 790

790

50=500 mm 55=550 mm

Dimension

Width B fixed panel left/right

Height

Reference

215 / 280 280 / 215 165 / 230 230 / 165 315 / 380 380 / 315 265 / 330 330 / 265 415 / 480 480 / 415 365 / 430 430 / 365

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

P3P P3P P3P P3P P3P P3P P3P P3P P3P P3P P3P P3P

G D G D G D G D G D G D

50 50 55 55 50 50 55 55 50 50 55 55

P3P P3P P3P P3P

G D G D

50 50 55 55

G=left D=right

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear

080 080 080 080 090 090 090 090 100 100 100 100

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

SM1 SM1 SM1 SM1

10 10 10 10

07 07 07 07

P3PG

720 1000

Width

790

Radius

720 900

Hinges

Entry width

Width A

Model

Standard dimensions 1) 3) 4) 5)

Special dimensions 1) 2) 4) 5) Width A

Height

750 - 1200

2000

EXTRAS (ONLY FOR FIXED PANELS) Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Round (-11 mm; +6 mm)

800 900 1000

789-806 889-906 989-1006

770 870 970

(-6 mm; +11 mm)

959-976

935

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 30 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -11 TO +6 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - THE WIDTH OF THE DOOR WINGS CANNOT BE CHANGED, ONLY THE WIDTH OF THE FIXED PANELS CAN BE CHANGED. 5) - FOR ASYMMETRICAL WIDTHS PLEASE SPECIFY THE LEFT AND RIGHT WIDTH. ! Technical page see page 82-85.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm/ 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

P3G | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: P3 G 50 SM1 10 07 = P UR Round shower enclosure (swing door with fixed panels) with wall bracket, hinges on the left, radius 500 mm, width special dimension, height 2000 mm, chrome, clear glass P3 | ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE (SWING DOOR WITH FIXED PANELS) WITH WALL BRACKET

Special dimensions 1) 2) 3) 4)

Model

Width A

Height

Reference

750 - 1200

2000

Hinges G=left D=right x

Radius

Width

50=500 mm 55=550 mm

Dimension

SM1

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear

07 P3G

Bevel/cut-out

EXTRAS (ONLY FOR FIXED PANELS) Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

COMMENT

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1000 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PUR51D + 2x PUT51P | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PUR51 G SM1 10 07 = PUR Pentagonal shower - swing door 1 pc., hinges on the left, width special dimension, height 2000 mm, chrome, clear glass PUR51 | PENTAGONAL SHOWER - SWING DOOR 1 PC.

Model

Hinges

Entry width C

Entry width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

450 - 1000

Width C - 40 mm

2000 up to 2000

PUR51 PUR51

x x

Width

Colour

Dimension 10=chrome SM1 SM2

10 10

Glass 07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

xx xx

xx xx PUR51G

PUT51P | PENTAGONAL SHOWER ENCLOSURE - FIXED PANEL WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE

FOR THE COMPLETE PENTAGONAL SHOWER ENCLOSURE IS NECESSARY TO ORDER TWO FIXED PANELS Width

Width B

Height

Reference

Dimension

300 - 1000

2000 up to 2000

PUT51P PUT51P

SM1 SM2

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

10 10

xx xx

Model

tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar | chrome wall profile Special dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 2) 3) 4)

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band xx xx

EXTRAS (ONLY FOR FIXED PANELS) Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

2x PUT51P

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS OF THE TRAY Standard dimensions Width Dimension A 800 900 1000

Width Dimension B

Width Dimension C

350 300 450 400 550 500

636 707 636 707 636 707

COMMENT

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1000 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PUR51D + 2x PUT51 | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

PUR

Model

Hinges

Entry width C

Entry width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

450 - 1000

Width C - 40 mm

2000 up to 2000 5)

PUR51 PUR51

x x

Width

Colour

Dimension 10=chrome SM1 SM2

Glass 07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

10 10

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band

xx xx

xx xx PUR51G

PUT51 | PENTAGONAL SHOWER ENCLOSURE - FIXED PANEL WITH WALL BRACKET

FOR THE COMPLETE PENTAGONAL SHOWER ENCLOSURE IS NECESSARY TO ORDER TWO FIXED PANELS Model

Width

Width B

Height

Reference

Dimension

300 - 1000

2000 up to 2000 5)

PUT51 PUT51

SM1 SM2

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

10 10

xx xx

Special dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 2) 3) 4)

tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar | chrome hinges | sealing U-profile 50552 C

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band xx xx

EXTRAS (ONLY FOR FIXED PANELS) Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

2x PUT51

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS OF THE TRAY Standard dimensions Width Dimension A 800 900 1000

Width Dimension B

Width Dimension C

350 300 450 400 550 500

636 707 636 707 636 707

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - WIDTH OF THE SIDE PANEL (DIMENSION B) AND WIDTH A MUST BE SPECIFIED IN THE ORDER 4) - FOR NON-EQUAL VERSION IS NECESSARY TO SPECIFY WIDTH OF THE RIGHT AND LEFT SIDE 5) - PURmax: ADDITIONAL PAYMENT FOR NON-STANDARD MODELS WITH A HEIGHT OF MORE THAN 2001 - 2100 MM +10 %; 2101 - 2200 MM +20 %; 2201 - 2300 MM +30 %; 2301 - 2500 MM +50%. ! Technical page see page 82-85.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1000 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PUR52 + 2x PUT52P | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

PUR

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PUR52 SM1 10 07 = PUR Pentagonal shower enclosure - swing door 2 pc., width special dimension, height 2000 mm, chrome, clear glass PUR52 | PENTAGONAL SHOWER ENCLOSURE - SWING DOOR 2 PC.

Model

Width

Entry width C

Entry width

Height

Reference

Dimension

450 - 1000

Width C - 50 mm

2000 up to 2000

PUR52 PUR52

SM1 SM2

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

10 10

xx xx

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band xx xx

PUT52P | PENTAGONAL SHOWER ENCLOSURE - FIXED PANEL WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE

PUR52

FOR THE COMPLETE PENTAGONAL SHOWER ENCLOSURE IS NECESSARY TO ORDER TWO FIXED PANELS

tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar | chrome wall profile Special dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 2) 3) 4)

Model

Width

Width B

Height

Reference

Dimension

300 - 1000

2000 up to 2000

PUT52P PUT52P

SM1 SM2

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

10 10

xx xx

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band xx xx

EXTRAS (ONLY FOR FIXED PANELS) Bevel/cut-out

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

2x PUT52P

COMMENT

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1000 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PUR52 + 2x PUT52 | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

PUR

Model

Width

Entry width C

Entry width

Height

Reference

Dimension

450 - 1000

Width C - 50 mm

2000 up to 2000 5)

PUR52 PUR52

SM1 SM2

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

10 10

xx xx

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band xx xx PUR52

PUT52 | PENTAGONAL SHOWER ENCLOSURE - FIXED PANEL WITH WALL BRACKET FOR THE COMPLETE PENTAGONAL SHOWER ENCLOSURE IS NECESSARY TO ORDER TWO FIXED PANELS

tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar | chrome hinges | sealing U-profile 50552 Special dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 2) 3) 4)

Model

Width

Width B

Height

Reference

Dimension

300 - 1000

2000 up to 2000 5)

PUT52 PUT52

SM1 SM2

Colour

Glass

10=chrome

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

10 10

xx xx

30=Master Carré 49=Satin screenprint 51=Screenprinted band xx xx

EXTRAS (ONLY FOR FIXED PANELS) Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

2x PUT52

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS OF THE TRAY Standard dimensions Width Dimension A 800 900 1000

Width Dimension B

Width Dimension C

350 300 450 400 550 500

636 707 636 707 636 707

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - WIDTH OF THE SIDE PANEL (DIMENSION B) AND WIDTH A MUST BE SPECIFIED IN THE ORDER 4) - FOR NON-EQUAL VERSION IS NECESSARY TO SPECIFY WIDTH OF THE RIGHT AND LEFT SIDE 5) - PURmax: ADDITIONAL PAYMENT FOR NON-STANDARD MODELS WITH A HEIGHT OF MORE THAN 2001 - 2100 MM +10 %; 2101 - 2200 MM +20 %; 2201 - 2300 MM +30 %; 2301 - 2500 MM +50%. ! Technical page see page 82-85.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

PUR | TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN HIGH QUALITY HINGE TECHNOLOGY Integrated lifting and lowering function • Easy opening and closing of the door (opens outside) • Prolonged durability of the door seal

Adjustable hinges • allow the leveling of slanted walls up to 5 mm

Integrated safety screw • for optimised functional safety (1)

Inside flush hinges • facilitate the cleaning process due to to the smooth surface and reduce cleaning effort (2 and 3)

min.

|1|

max

|2|

|3|

PUR

SIMPLIFIED AND TIME-SAVING ASSEMBLY Pre-assembled socket on a discret profile: • easier assembly and avoidance of errors in assembly • exact wall positioning • guarantees the gap of the glass to the floor • avoids improper handling during assembly • enables assembly by one person Hinges already affixed to the glass ex factory • saves time during assembly • ensures hinges are aligned precisely

ADJUSTMENT AND COMPENSATION POSSIBILITIES

|1|

|2|

|3|

|4|

|5|

Easy to mount wall brackets • s implifies affixing to the glass for slanted walls (1); adjustment range A = 10 mm max. • e nables side panels or fixed panels and the wall borings to be compensated for (2); Adjustment range B = 18 mm max. • a discrete profile allows the compensation of the gap between the glass and the wall, and ensures a siliconisation (3). Adjustment range C = up to 4 mm Adjustment range D = up to 10 mm

D C

Wall connection profile (4) • enables an adjustment range of 20 mm • simple adjustment from the outside Magnetic closing profile (5) • Compensation possibility of up to 5 mm

PUR | TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN DESIGN AND FUNCTIONALITY High-quality hinges • Solid brass hinges in a significantly rectangular design give the PUR models a unique appearance. • Opens outside by 90°.

Wall mounting • The wall mounting can be carried out either by means of a wall bracket adjusted to the hinges in the design or by means of a compact wallconnecting profile.

ERGONOMICALLY DESIGNED HANDLE Handle • The high-quality handle made of chromeplated brass emphasizes the clear alignment of the shower enclosure and fits in harmoniously with the distinctive hinge design.

USEFUL ACCESSORIES Towel rail and glass shelf • A high-quality towel rail (1) for the outside of the glass and a practical glass shelf on the inside surface (2) can be ordered individually or in combination as a useful accessory addition. The order must be placed as special dimension order together with the shower enclosure order.

|1|

|2|

PUR

OPTIMISED STABILITY

|1|

|2|

Stabilization • The stabilizer bar (1) and the corner stabilizer (2) made of chrome plated brass provide optimum product stability.

Pre-assembled horizontal frame profile on PDT4 • Offers safety during assembly. • Protects against glass breakage during assembly. • Facilitates a clean siliconisation Walk-in PDT4 you can find on pages 320-321.

BEST POSSIBLE WATERTIGHTNESS

|1|

|2|

Water tightness • The water deflector strip (5mm height) for optimised watertightness is supplied as standard. Installation is optional. If you choose not to have the water deflector strip installed, another sealant must be used. This is included in the shower enclosure delivery.

SHORTENED SIDE PANEL • In the PUR series the shortened side panel is freely suspended besides the bathtub/socket.

PUR | TECHNICAL INFORMATION PUR DOOR + SIDE PANEL, CORNER ENTRY - INSTALLATION ON THE SHOWER TRAY A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the outer edge of the shower tray

For the installation on a shower tray the withdrawal of 26 mm is constant for both standard and special dimensions.

DOOR + SIDE PANEL, CORNER ENTRY - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Standard width

Width A = Middle of glass

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

664 x 664 714 x 714 764 x 764 864 x 864 964 x 964 1164 x 1164 1364 x 1364

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard dimensions on the floor

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass.

For other tiling dimensions than those shown in the table above, it is necessary to produce special dimensions. In this case no withdrawal is considered during manufacture.

Dimensions in mm.

Shower enclosures with wall connection profile: All standard dimensions are equipped with wall connection profile (tolerance from -8 mm to +10 mm)

PUR

PUR ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE - INSTALLATION ON SHOWER TRAY

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the outer edge of the shower tray

For the installation on a shower tray the withdrawal of 30 mm is constant for both standard and special dimensions.

ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE - INSTALLATION ON FLOOR

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard dimensions on the floor R

Door radius 500

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the glass mid-point.

B A

Standard width

Width A Width B = Middle of glass for radius 500

800 770 x 770 300 900 870 x 870 400 1000 970 x 970 500 R470: R adius in the middle of curved glass element - door radius 500 Door radius 550 Standard width

Width A Width B = Middle of glass for radius 550

800 770 x 770 250 900 870 x 870 350 1000 970 x 970 450 R520: R adius in the middle of curved glass element - door radius 550

In this case no withdrawal is considered during manufacture. When tiling the shower area, the radii R470 and R520 must be considered.

Dimensions in mm.

All standard dimensions are equipped with wall connection profile (tolerance from -11 mm to +6 mm). For other tiling dimensions than those shown in the tables above, it is necessary to produce special dimensions.

PUR |TECHNICAL INFORMATION ADJUSTABLE RANGE OF PUR SIDE PANELS WITH WALL BRACKETS

Minimum

50552

Glass

50552

11 13

Maximum

26 50 54

wall bracket

The wall bracket and profile 50552 an adjustment of 6 mm for uneven walls is possible. The profile 50552 covers the gap between the glass and the wall.

INSTALLATION OF A PUR SHORTENED SIDE PANEL AT 90° Detail A front view:

Detail A top view:

shift 15 mm

Charcteristics of installation: The shortened side panel is freely suspended at 90° besides the low wall without the use of silicone and easy to clean.

Dimensions in mm.

PUR

WALL PROFILE 50452 FOR 8 MM GLASS

34 30

WALL PROFILE EP1 (50263) TO BE FIXED AT 90°

Door or side panel

WALL PROFILE 50420

WALL PROFILE EPB FOR INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

18,2

9,5

43,7

51,5

Dimensions in mm.

AMALIA ELEGANCE AND TRANSPARENCY

AMALIA is a new series of high-quality sliding doors from SanSwiss. Discover this range that is hard to beat for elegance and quality. The elegant frameless design offers maximum transparency, as the profiles are significantly reduced and only the glass remains. The vertical handle, on the other hand, is unobtrusive and minimalist and offers perfect ergonomics. The movable door piece, which slides inside the shower enclosure, guarantees optimum tightness.

Available door and side panel versions:

AMALIA | EXAMPLES OF INDIVIDUAL SOLUTIONS

D35S2 + D35F1 Sliding door 1-pc. with fixed panel + side panel at 90° with a cut straight and an oblique angle

D35S2 Sliding door 1-pc. with bevel cut and with fixed panel

D35F3 + D35S2 + D35F1 + 2x RE.06.1000 Sliding door 1-pc. with fixed panel + side panels at 90° + 2 corner stabilizers - U-mounting

D35S2 + D35F3 Sliding door 1-pc. with fixed panel + side panels at 90°

D35S2 + D35F1V Sliding door 1-pc. with fixed panel + shortened side wall at an angle 90°

The shortened side wall D35F1V is always mounted on the side of the bath.

The shortened side wall D35F3 always installed on top of the edge of the bath

AMALIA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 2000 mm



D35S2 + D35F1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D35S2 + V2.D35.06 | matt black (06), clear glass (07) 90

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D35S2 120 50 07 = AMALIA sliding door 1-pc. with fixed panel, height 2000 mm, width 1200 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear

D35S2 | SLIDING DOOR 1-PC. WITH FIXED PANEL tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar Model Standard dimensions 1) 2)

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=black matt 50=high gloss silver

1200 1400 1600 1700 1800

507 607 707 707 707

608 708 808 908 1008

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D35S2 D35S2 D35S2 D35S2 D35S2

120 140 160 170 180

xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07

up to 2000 up to 2000 from 2001 to 2250 from 2001 to 2250

D35S2 D35S2 D35S2 D35S2

SM1 SM2 SM3 SM4

xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07

Special dimensions 1) 2) 1000-1599 1600-2000 1000-1599 1600-2000

to door width to door width to door width to door width

07=TSG clear

D35S2 + V2.D35.XX

INSTALLATION KIT "CLOSURE - DOOR IN NICHE"

(necessary to order for installation in niche)

Model

Colour

Door height (mm)

Reference

06=black matt 50=high gloss silver

2000 up to 2250

V2.D35. V2.D35.SM1.

xx xx

D35F1 / D35F3 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

D35F1= Door closing at an angle of 90° D35F3= Connection with fixed wall at an angle of 90°

Dimension

06=black matt 50=high gloss silver

800 900 1000

2000 2000 2000

xxxxx xxxxx xxxxx

080 090 100

xx xx xx

07 07 07

600 - 1200 600 - 1200

up to 2000 from 2001 to 2250

xxxxx xxxxx

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

600 - 1200 600 - 1200

up to 2000 up to 2250

D35F1V D35F1V

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

Special dimensions (side panel and door have the same height)

Special dimensions SHORT SIDE PANEL (side panel and door with different height) 3)

EXTRAS FOR DOOR AND SIDE PANEL Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES

07=TSG clear

(high-gloss silver/matt black, length 1000 mm, can be shortened)

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray 1

Width

Door in niche (-42 mm; +14 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-31 mm; +20 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-10 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-27 mm; +24 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-5 mm; +5 mm)

800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600 1700 1800

1158-1214 1358-1414 1558-1614 1658-1714 1758-1814

1169-1220 1369-1420 1569-1620 1669-1720 1769-1820

790-800 890-900 990-1000 -

1177 1377 1577 1677 1777

776 876 976 -

(-36 mm; +20 mm)

(-35 mm; +16 mm)

(-5 mm; +5 mm)

(-36 mm; +20 mm)

(-5 mm; +5 mm)

1589-1645

1590-1641

1620-1630

1625

e.g.: 1625

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

D35S2 + V2.D35.XX + D35F3

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Special dimensions

D35S2 + D35F1VSM

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each RE.50.1000 / RE.06.1000

Corner stabilizer bar

D35S2 + D35F1

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

D35S2 + V2.D35.XX + D35F3 SM U-mounting

D35F3 + D35S2 + D35F1 + RE.XX.100

AMALIA | TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN DESIGN Handle • Narrow vertical handle, minimalist and ergonomic • Allows maximum opening of the sliding door and thus a large entrance width

Simple „frameless“ design • Offers maximum transparency by significantly reducing the width of the profiles (in particular due to the omission of the upper guide rail)

Roller cover with rectangular design • View from the outside (1) • The view from the inside (2)

|1|

|2|

TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES Glass guidance system • Rolling with double invisible wheels • The sliding door moves smoothly and quietly thanks to rollers designed for high load capacity. • Guide rail, discreet and low (height 13 mm) for easier access

|1|

|2|

|3|

|4|

|5|

Sliding element • SanSwiss innovation: movable element that slides inside the shower enclosure and seals optimally • Integrated „door escape“ system (1) • Stoppers dampen the sliding element when opening and closing (2)

Stabilization • The clamp at the end of the horizontal bar allows the sliding part of the door to be guided • Integrated horizontal bar provides door stabilisation for Walk-In (3) • Clamp for connecting the horizontal bar for side wall or recessed doors (4)

Wall compensation • Up to 10 mm adjustment range • No drilling into the profile required mm

|6|

Magnetic seal • In niche: allows 5mm repositionability and guarantees the aesthetics of a compact profile (5) • In corner: closure by magnetic seal on fixed wall at 90˚ (6)

AMALIA | TECHNICAL INFORMATION DOOR + SIDE PANEL - INSTALLATION ON THE SHOWER TRAY A | The distance measured from the wall to the outer boundary of the tray

The engagement dimension of 10 mm is the same for all AMALIA models when mounted on a shower tray. Side panel in 90˚

Door and side panel connection at 90˚.

DOOR + SIDE PANEL - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

A-B | d imensions measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass A

Walk-in shower enclosures are equipped with a wall connecting profile up -5 to +5 mm) Standard dimensions can be used only if they correspond to the values in the table (taking into account the tolerance), otherwise a special dimension is required. In this case no withdrawal is considered during manufacture. 94

Dimensions in mm.

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard dimensions on the floor (door) Standard width

Width A = Middle of glass

1200 1400 1600 1700 1800

1177 1377 1577 1677 1777

All standard dimensions are equipped with wall connection profile (tolerance from -27 to +24 mm. Note: Maximum wall tolerance is 10 mm.

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard dimensions on the floor (side wall) Standard width

Width A = Middle of glass

800 900 1000

776 876 976

INSTALLATION OF A SHORTENED SIDE PANEL AT 90° Detail A - front view

Detail A - floor plan

shift 15 mm

21 mm

Charcteristics of installation: Short side wall D35F1at an angle of 90° is always installed at the top of the bathtub. The shortened side wall D35F3 always installed on top of the edge of the bath.

WALK-IN

CLOSING IN NICHE

CLOSING DOOR + SIDE WALL

INSTALLATION SET FOR NICHE INSTALLATION

DEEP HORIZONTAL PROFILE 80042

Glass offset min. 10 mm

WALL MOUNTING DOOR + SIDE WALL

Note: Maximum wall tolerance is 10 mm.

Dimensions in mm.

22 Min. 27 mm*

* The width of the tiles must be at least 27 mm for proper installation.

CADURA CADURA

BRIGHT DESIGN, ELEGANCE, PERFECT ERGONOMICS AND FUNCTIONALITY CADURA is a typical series of high-quality shower enclosures manufactured by SanSwiss. It combines elegant, refined design and a well-thought-out combination of ergonomics and high-quality materials. CADURA offers a variety of functionalities that can only be demanded from modern shower enclosures. Fashionable door hinges, accessories and ergonomic shape of the handles will delight you original and modern design. 6 mm thick safety glass with Aquaperle anti-plaque finish, comfortable swing doors and "Soft Open / Close" system in sliding doors - is a guarantee of simplicity and convenience in their use.

Available door and side panel versions:

Visible parts in color 06 (black matt)

Visible parts in color 09 (white mat) 98

CADURA

Visible parts in color 12 (gold) 99

CADURA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

CA1CG + CAT1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

CA1CG + CAT1 | gold (12), clear glass (07)

CA1CG + CAT1 | white matt (09), clear glass (07)

CA1CG + CAT1 | black matt (06), clear glass (07)

CA1CG + V2.CA.50 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

100

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: CA1C D 070 50 07 = CADURA Swing door 1 pc. with compensation profile, hinges on the right, width 700 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear CA1C | SWING DOOR 1 PC. WITH COMPENSATION PROFILE

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal | 5 mm water deflector strip Model

Hinges

Width

Colour

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

Dimension

06=black matt 09=white matt 50=high gloss silver 12=gold 4)

700 750 800 900 1000

584 634 684 784 884

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

CA1C CA1C CA1C CA1C CA1C

x x x x x

070 075 080 090 100

up to 2000 4)

CA1C

SM1

07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx

Special dimensions 1) 2) 500-1000

to door width

Glass

CADURA

Standard dimensions 1) 3)

CA1CD + V2.CA.XX

INSTALLATION KIT "CLOSURE - DOOR IN NICHE" NECESSARY TO ORDER FOR INSTALLATION IN NICHE Model Colour 6)

Door height (mm)

Reference

06=black matt 09=white matt 50=high gloss silver 12=gold

2000 up to 2000

V2.CA. V2.CA.SM1.

xx xx

CAT1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1400 mm Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Glass height

Reference

Dimension

06=black matt 09=white matt 50=high gloss silver 12=gold 4)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984

CAT1 CAT1 CAT1 CAT1 CAT1 CAT1 CAT1

070 075 080 090 100 110 120

CAT1 CAT1

SM1 SM2

07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

Special dimensions 1) 2) 5) 300 - 900 901 - 1400

up to 2000 4) up to 2000 4)

EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE WALLS Bevel/cut-out

CAT1 + CA1CD

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-25 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-15 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-15 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-7 mm; +8 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +8 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

675-700 725-750 775-800 875-900 975-1000 -

685-700 735-750 785-800 885-900 985-1000 -

685-700 735-750 785-800 885-900 985-1000 1085-1100 1185-1200

667 717 767 867 967 -

667 717 767 867 967 1067 1167

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

(-7 mm; +8 mm)

(-10 mm; +5 mm)

(-7 mm; +8 mm)

(-10 mm; +5 mm)

955-980

958-973

955-970

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

CAT1SM + CA1CD

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 33 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +8 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - SPECIAL GOLD LINE DIMENSIONS ARE AVAILABLE AT A HEIGHT OF 2000 MM. CUTS AND BEVELS ARE IMPOSSIBLE 5) - SHORT SIDE WALL AT AN ANGLE OF 90° IS ALWAYS INSTALLED AT THE TOP OF THE BATHTUB. WITH A SHORTENED SIDE WALL, ONLY TRANSPARENT GLASS VERSION IS POSSIBLE 6) - WIDTH OF DOORS IN THE NICHE TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE WALL PROFILE V2.CA. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

101

CADURA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

CA13G + CAT1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

CA13G + CAT3 | gold (12), clear glass (07)

CA13G + CAT1 | white matt (09), clear glass (07)

CA13G + CAT1 | black matt (06), clear glass (07)

CA13G + V2.CA.50 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

102

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: CA13 D 075 50 07 = CADURA Swing door 1 pc. with fixed panel, hinges on the right, width 750 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear CA13 | SWING DOOR 1 PC. WITH FIXED PANEL

Hinges

Width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

483 533 583 683 683 783 883

227 227 277 277 377 377 477

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

CA13 CA13 CA13 CA13 CA13 CA13 CA13

x x x x x x x

075 080 090 100 110 120 140

up to 2000 4)

CA13

SM1

Special dimensions 1) 2) 600-1400

to door width

Glass

06=black matt 09=white matt Dimension 50=high gloss silver 12=gold 4)

Width

Reference G=left D=right

Colour

07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

INSTALLATION KIT "CLOSURE - DOOR IN NICHE" NECESSARY TO ORDER FOR INSTALLATION IN NICHE Model Colour

CADURA

Standard dimensions 1)

CA13D + V2.CA.XX

Door height (mm)

Reference

06=black matt 09=white matt 50=high gloss silver 12=gold

2000 up to 2000

V2.CA. V2.CA.SM1.

xx xx

CAT1 / CAT3 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

CAT1 + CA13D

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1400 mm

Width

Height

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

Model Glass height

Special dimensions 1) 2) 5)

CAT1

CAT3

1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

300 - 900 up to 2000 4) 901 - 1400 up to 2000 4)

Width

Colour

CAT1= Door closing at an angle of 90° CAT3= connection with fixed wall at an angle of 90° xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

SM1 SM2

Glass

Dimension

Standard dimensions 1) 3)

06=black matt 09=white matt 50=high gloss silver 12=gold 4)

07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

070 075 080 090 100 110 120

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

CAT3 + CA13G +V2.CA.XX

EXTRAS ONLY FOR FIXED PANEL OF THE DOOR AND SIDE PANEL

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-25 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-15 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-15 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-7 mm; +8 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +8 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

--725-750 775-800 875-900 975-1000 1075-1100 1175-1200 1375-1400

--735-750 785-800 885-900 985-1000 1085-1100 1185-1200 1385-1400

685-700 735-750 785-800 885-900 985-1000 1085-1100 1185-1200 ---

--717 767 867 967 1067 1167 1367

667 717 767 867 967 1067 1167 ---

(-15 mm; +10 mm)

(-10 mm; +5 mm)

950-975

955-970

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

CAT1SM + CA13D

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

U-mounting

CAT1 + CA13D + CAT3 + 2x RCA.XX.1000 When ordering a U-mounting, indicate that it is U-mounting

103

CADURA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 2000 mm

CA31CD + CAT2 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

CA31CD + CAT2 | gold (12), clear glass (07)

CA31CD + CAT2 | white matt (09), clear glass (07)

CA31CD + CAT2 | black matt (06), clear glass (07)

CA31CD + CAT5 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

104

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: CA31C D 080 50 07 = C ADURA Swing door with fixed panel in a straight line, hinges on the right, width 800 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear CA31C | SWING DOOR WITH FIXED PANEL IN A STRAIGHT LINE

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal | 5 mm water deflector strip Model

Hinges

Width

Colour

06=black matt 09=white matt Dimension 50=high gloss silver 12=gold 4)

Width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

534 584 684 684 784 884

227 277 277 377 377 477

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

CA31C CA31C CA31C CA31C CA31C CA31C

x x x x x x

080 090 100 110 120 140

up to 2000 4) up to 2000 4)

CA31C CA31C

x x

SM1 SM2

Glass 07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

CADURA

Standard dimensions 1)

CA31CG

Special dimensions 1) 2) 800-1400 1401-2000

to door width to door width

CAT2 / CAT5 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1400 mm

Width

Height

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

Model Glass height CAT2

CAT5

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984

Width

Colour

CAT2= connection with a door at 90° CAT5= connection with a fixed wall at 90° xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

SM1 SM2

Glass

Dimension

Standard dimensions 1) 3)

06=black matt 09=white matt 50=high gloss silver 12=gold 4)

07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

070 075 080 090 100 110 120

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

Special dimensions 1) 2) 5) 300 - 900 up to 2000 4) 901 - 1400 up to 2000 4)

EXTRAS ONLY FOR FIXED PANEL OF THE DOOR AND SIDE PANEL

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray 1

Width

Door in niche (-30 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-15 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-15 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-7 mm; +8 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +8 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

----770-800 870-900 970-1000 1070-1100 1170-1200 1370-1400

----785-800 885-900 985-1000 1085-1100 1185-1200 1385-1400

685-700 735-750 785-800 885-900 985-1000 1085-1100 1185-1200 ---

----767 867 967 1067 1167 1367

667 717 767 867 967 1067 1167 ---

(-15 mm; +15 mm)

(-8 mm; +7 mm)

(-10 mm; +5 mm)

(-8 mm; +7 mm)

(-10 mm; +5 mm)

950-980

957-972

955-970

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

CAT5 + CA31CG

U-mounting

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

CAT2 + CA31CG

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass) CAT2 + CA31CG + CAT5 + 2x RCA.XX.1000

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 33 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +8 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - SPECIAL GOLD LINE DIMENSIONS ARE AVAILABLE AT A HEIGHT OF 2000 MM. CUTS AND BEVELS ARE IMPOSSIBLE 5) - SHORT SIDE WALL AT AN ANGLE OF 90° IS ALWAYS INSTALLED AT THE TOP OF THE BATHTUB. WITH A SHORTENED SIDE WALL, ONLY TRANSPARENT GLASS VERSION IS POSSIBLE ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

105

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

CA2C + CAT2 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

CA2C + CAT2 | gold (12), clear glass (07)

CA2C + CAT2 | white matt (09), clear glass (07)

CA2C + CAT2 | black matt (06), clear glass (07)

CA2C | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

106

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: CA2C 070 50 07 = CADURA Swing door 2 pcs., width 700 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear CA2C | SWING DOOR 2 PCS.

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal | 5 mm water deflector strip Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=black matt 09=white matt 50=high gloss silver 12=gold 4)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

544 594 644 744 844 944 1044 1244

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

CA2C CA2C CA2C CA2C CA2C CA2C CA2C CA2C

070 075 080 090 100 110 120 140

up to 2000 4)

CA2C

SM1

07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

CADURA

Standard dimensions 1)

CA2C

Special dimensions 1) 2) 800-1400

to door width

CAT2 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1400 mm Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=black matt 09=white matt 50=high gloss silver 12=gold 4)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

CAT2 CAT2 CAT2 CAT2 CAT2 CAT2 CAT2

070 075 080 090 100 110 120

up to 2000 4) up to 2000 4)

CAT2 CAT2

SM1 SM2

07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

CAT2 + CA2C

Special dimensions 1) 2) 5) 300 - 900 901 - 1400

CAT2SM + CA2C

EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE WALLS Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-13 mm; +2 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-15 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-5 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +8 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

680-710 730-760 780-810 880-910 980-1010 1080-1110 1180-1210 1380-1410

687-702 737-752 787-802 887-902 987-1002 1087-1102 1187-1202 1387-1402

685-700 735-750 785-800 885-900 985-1000 1085-1100 1185-1200 ---

667 717 767 867 967 1067 1167 1367

667 717 767 867 967 1067 1167 ---

(-20 mm; +10 mm)

(-9 mm; +6 mm)

(-10 mm; +5 mm)

(-9 mm; +6 mm)

(-10 mm; +5 mm)

945-975

956-971

955-970

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

U-mounting

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass) CAT2 + CA2C + CAT2 + 2x RCA.XX.1000

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 33 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -5 TO +10 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4 - SPECIAL GOLD LINE DIMENSIONS ARE AVAILABLE AT A HEIGHT OF 2000 MM. CUTS AND BEVELS ARE IMPOSSIBLE 5) - SHORT SIDE WALL AT AN ANGLE OF 90° IS ALWAYS INSTALLED AT THE TOP OF THE BATHTUB. WITH A SHORTENED SIDE WALL, ONLY TRANSPARENT GLASS VERSION IS POSSIBLE ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

107

CADURA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

CA1CG + CA1CD | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)



CA1CG + CA1CD | gold (12), clear glass (07)

Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

CA1CG + CA1CD | black matt (06), clear glass (07) 108

CA1CG + CA1CD | white matt (09), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: CA1C D 075 50 07 = CADURA Corner entry 1 pc. (swing doors), right side, width 750 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear CA1C G+D | CORNER ENTRY 1 PC. (SWING DOORS)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal | 5 mm water deflector strip Model

Side

Width

Colour

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

Dimension

06=black matt 09=white matt 50=high gloss silver 12=gold 4)

750 800 900 1000

898 968 1110 1251

2000 2000 2000 2000

CA1C CA1C CA1C CA1C

x x x x

075 080 090 100

SM1

Glass

07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx

CADURA

Standard dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 3) 5)

CA1CG + CA1CD

Special dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 2) 5) 300-1000

to door width

CA1C

up to 2000 4)

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-15 mm; 0 mm)

Corner entry (-7 mm; +8 mm)

750 800 900 1000

735-750 785-800 885-900 985-1000

710 760 860 960

(-7 mm; +8 mm)

958-973

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 40 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +8 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - SPECIAL GOLD LINE DIMENSIONS ARE AVAILABLE AT A HEIGHT OF 2000 MM. 5) - CORNER ENTRANCE CONSISTS OF THE LEFT AND RIGHT PART. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

109

CADURA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

CA13G + CA13D | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

CA13G + CA13D | gold (12), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

CA13G + CA13D | black matt (06), clear glass (07) 110

CA13G + CA13D | white matt (09), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: CA13 D 075 50 07 = C ADURA Corner entry 2 pcs. (swing doors with fixed panels), right side, width 750 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear CA13 G+D | CORNER ENTRY 2 PCS. (SWING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS)

Side

Width

Colour

Width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

Dimension

06=black matt 09=white matt 50=high gloss silver 12=gold 4)

750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

660 710 810 910 1010 1110 1310

227 227 277 277 377 377 477

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

CA13 CA13 CA13 CA13 CA13 CA13 CA13

x x x x x x x

075 080 090 100 110 120 140

SM1

Glass

07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

CADURA

Standard dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 3) 5)

CA13G + CA13D

Special dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 2) 5) 600-1400

to door width

up to 2000 4)

EXTRAS ONLY FOR FIXED PANELS

CA13

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-15 mm; 0 mm)

Corner entry (-7 mm; +8 mm)

750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

735-750 785-800 885-900 985-1000 1085-1100 1185-1200 1385-1400

710 760 860 960 1060 1160 1360

(-10 mm; +5 mm)

955-970

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 40 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +8 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - SPECIAL GOLD LINE DIMENSIONS ARE AVAILABLE AT A HEIGHT OF 2000 MM. 5) - CORNER ENTRANCE CONSISTS OF THE LEFT AND RIGHT PART. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

111

CADURA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 2000 mm

CAS2G + CAST | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

SOFT

CAS2G + CAST | gold (12), clear glass (07)

CAS2G + CAST | white matt (09), clear glass (07)

CAS2G + CAST | black matt (06), clear glass (07)

CAS2G | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

112

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: CAS2 G 100 50 07 = CADURA Sliding door 1-pc. with fixed panel, width 1000 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear CAS2 | SLIDING DOOR 1-PC. WITH FIXED PANEL

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | Soft Open / Close system - easy and quiet opening and closing of doors | water deflector strip 10 mm Model

Fix. panel

Width

Colour

06=black matt matt Dimension 09=white 50=high gloss silver 4) 12=gold

Width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800

425 475 525 575 625 675 725 775 825

474 524 574 624 674 724 774 824 874

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

CAS2 CAS2 CAS2 CAS2 CAS2 CAS2 CAS2 CAS2 CAS2

x x x x x x x x x

100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180

up to 2000 4) up to 2000 4)

CAS2 CAS2

x x

SM1 SM2

Glass 07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

CADURA

Standard dimensions 1)

CAS2D

Special dimensions 1) 2) 1000-1400 1401-2000

to door width to door width

CAST | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating Standard dimensions 1) 3) Width

Height

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Reference

Dimension

06=black matt 09=white matt 50=high gloss silver 12=gold 4)

07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

CAST CAST CAST CAST CAST CAST CAST

070 075 080 090 100 110 120

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000 4) up to 2000 4)

CAST CAST

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

CAST + CAS2D

Special dimensions 1) 2) 5) 300 - 900 901 - 1400

EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE WALLS Bevel/cut-out

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

U-mounting

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-36 mm; +9 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-19 mm; +26 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-19 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-24 mm; +21 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-9 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800

--------964-1009 1064-1109 1164-1209 1264-1309 1364-1409 1464-1509 1564-1609 1664-1709 1764-1809

--------981-1026 1081-1126 1181-1226 1281-1326 1381-1426 1481-1526 1581-1626 1681-1726 1781-1826

681-700 731-750 781-800 881-900 981-1000 1081-1100 1181-1200 -------------

--------994 1094 1194 1294 1394 1494 1594 1694 1794

670 720 770 870 970 1070 1170 -------------

(-24 mm; +21 mm)

(-19 mm; +26 mm)

(-9 mm; +10 mm)

(-19 mm; +26 mm)

(-9 mm; +10 mm)

1001-1046

1006-1051

1016 - 1035

1025

Special dimensions e.g.: 1025

CASTSM + CAS2D

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

CAST + CAS2 + CAST +2x RCA.XX.1000

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 6 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -24 TO +21 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - SPECIAL GOLD LINE DIMENSIONS ARE AVAILABLE AT A HEIGHT OF 2000 MM. CUTS AND BEVELS ARE IMPOSSIBLE 5) - SHORT SIDE WALL AT AN ANGLE OF 90° IS ALWAYS INSTALLED AT THE TOP OF THE BATHTUB. WITH A SHORTENED SIDE WALL, ONLY TRANSPARENT GLASS VERSION IS POSSIBLE ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

113

CADURA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1600 mm

CAE2G + CAE2D | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

SOFT

CAE2G + CAE2D | gold (12), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

CAE2G + CAE2D | black matt (06), clear glass (07) 114

CAE2G + CAE2D | white matt (09), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: CAE2 G 075 50 07 = CADURA Corner entry 2-pcs. (sliding doors with fixed panels), left side, width 750 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear CAE2 G+D | CORNER ENTRY 2-PCS. (SLIDING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | Soft Open / Close system - easy and quiet opening and closing of doors | water deflector strip 10 mm Model

Hinges

Width

Colour

Width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

Dimension

06=black matt 09=white matt 50=high gloss silver 12=gold 4)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

345 381 416 487 557 699

359 389 425 495 566 708

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

CAE2 CAE2 CAE2 CAE2 CAE2 CAE2

x x x x x x

070 075 080 090 100 120

x x

SM1 SM2

Glass

07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

CADURA

Standard dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 3) 5)

CAE2G + CAE2D

Special dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 2) 5) 700-1200 1201-1600

to door width to door width

up to 2000 4) up to 2000 4)

CAE2 CAE2

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-24 mm; +2 mm)

Corner entry (-11 mm; +15 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

676-702 726-752 776-802 876-902 976-1002 1176-1202

667 717 767 867 967 1167

(-9 mm; +17 mm)

956-982

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 33 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -11 TO +15 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - SPECIAL GOLD LINE DIMENSIONS ARE AVAILABLE AT A HEIGHT OF 2000 MM. 5) - CORNER ENTRANCE CONSISTS OF THE LEFT AND RIGHT PART. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

115

CADURA - SWING DOOR | EXAMPLES OF INDIVIDUAL SOLUTIONS Notice: Shortened side panels cannot be produced in glass Shade (68). CADURA Gold Line shower enclosures can be delivered only with standard height 2000 mm. Bevel/cut-out are not possible.

116

CA13D + CAT1SM1 Swing door with fixed panel + side panel at 90° with a cut straight and an oblique angle

CA1CGSM1 + V2.CA.SM1.50 Swing door in niche with bevel cut

Shortened side wall in the swing CADURA doors - CA1C, CA13 always installed nearby with a bath, and a shortened wall in CA2C sliding doors installed on top of the edge of the bath

CA13DSM1 + CAT1 + CAT3 Swing door with fixed panel + side panels at 90° - U-montage. + necessary to order 2 corner stabilizers RCA.50.1000

CA31CD + CAT5 + CAT2 Swing door with fixed panel in a straight line + 2x side panels at 90° - U-montage. + necessary to order 2 corner stabilizers RCA.50.1000

Element of the front vertical profile on short side wall.

CA2C + CAT2 + CAT2 Swing door 2 pcs. + 2x side panels at 90° - U-montage + necessary to order 2 corner stabilizers RCA.50.1000

CA13G + CAT1SM Swing door with fixed panel in a straight line + shortened side wall at an angle 90° near the bath

CADURA - SLIDING DOOR | EXAMPLES OF INDIVIDUAL SOLUTIONS Notice:

CADURA

Shortened side panels cannot be produced in glass Shade (68). CADURA Gold Line shower enclosures can be delivered only with standard height 2000 mm. Bevel/cut-out are not possible.

CAS2G + CATSM1 Sliding door 1-pc. with fixed panel + side panel at 90° with a cut straight and an oblique angle

The short side wall at an angle of 90° is always installed on top of the edge of the bath

CAS2G + CAST + CAST Sliding door 1-pc. with fixed panel + side panels at 90° - U-montage + necessary to order 2 corner stabilizers RCA.50.1000

Fragment of the front vertical profile on the shortened side wall, installed on the side of the bath and equipped with magnetic seal

CAS2G + CASTSM1 Sliding door 1-pc. with fixed panel + shortened side panel at 90°

117

CADURA | TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN HIGH QUALITY HINGE TECHNOLOGY Lifting mechanism of hinges • Simplifies door opening and closing (opening to the inside and outside) • Reduces wear of door seals

Glass-glass hinges • Outside view (1) and inside view (2)

|1|

|2|

L-mounting wall-glass • Outside view (1) and inside view (2)

|1|

|2|

|1|

|3|

DESIGN AND FUNCTIONALITY Magnetic seal • Allows to open the door to the outside and inside (1)

Allows to open the door to the outside and inside • The handle looks modern and luxurious. Exterior view (2). • Two „pockets“ inside the handle. Inside view (3).

118

|2|

GUIDE PROFILE WITH SLOW OPENING AND CLOSING OF DOORS (EASY OPERATION)

25 mm

CADURA

Guide profile with built-in Soft open / close function • Easy opening and closing and for the wider doors • The guide profile is closed • Easy installation

Convenient alignment of walls • Adjustment up to 50 mm greatly facilitates installation

CONVENIENCE AND EASY TO CLEAN AND CARE Push the door back • Low guide system • For easy and convenient care

STABILIZATION Fastening Designed stabilizer bar,or an elegant corner support provide optimal stability of fixed walls

BEST POSSIBLE WATERTIGHTNESS The threshold bar is supplied as standard for optimal tightness. 10 mm 5 mm

Swing doors with threshold bar (1) Sliding doors with threshold bar (2)

119

CADURA | TECHNICAL INFORMATION - SWING DOOR

DOOR + SIDE PANEL, CORNER ENTRY - INSTALLATION ON THE SHOWER TRAY

25/32

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the outer edge of the shower tray Withdrawal 25 mm (door + side panel) 32 mm (corner entry) is the same for the installation on a shower tray for all swing doors CADURA.

For the installation on a shower tray the withdrawal of 25 mm (door + side panel) or from 32 mm (corner entry) is constant for both standard and special dimensions.

DOOR + SIDE PANEL, CORNER ENTRY - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard dimensions on the floor (door + side panel) Standard width

Width A = Middle of glass

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

667 717 767 867 967 1067 1167 1367

All standard dimensions are equipped with wall connection profile (tolerance from -7 mm to +8 mm) except CA13 + CAT3 from -2 mm to +8 mm CA2C+ CAT2 from - 5 mm to +10mm. For other tiling dimensions than those shown in the table above, it is necessary to produce special dimensions.

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard dimensions on the floor (corner entry)

In this case no withdrawal is considered during manufacture. 120

Dimensions in mm.

Standard width

Width A = Middle of glass

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

660 710 760 860 960 1060 1160 1360

INSTALLATION OF A CADURA SHORTENED SIDE PANEL AT 90° Detail A front view:

Detail A top view:

CADURA

22 mm

shift 15 mm

Characteristic of installation The short side wall at an angle of 90° is always installed on top of the edge of the bath

ADJUSTABLE RANGE OF CADURA SIDE PANELS WITH WALL BRACKETS Minimum

Maximum

The levelling profile allows levelling unevenness of the wall up to 15 mm. Profile 50015 allows to cover the displayed gap between the wall and glass. 13

WALL PROFILE 50031

PROFILE V2.CA.XX 23

21 36

15 119

Dimensions in mm.

121

CADURA | TECHNICAL INFORMATION - SLIDING DOOR

DOOR + SIDE PANEL, CORNER ENTRY (SLIDING DOOR) - INSTALLATION ON THE SHOWER TRAY 7

Fig. B

Fig. A

Door

Side panel

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the outer edge of the shower tray.

When mounted on a tray, the offsets of 16 mm (figure A) and 7 mm (Fig. B) are the same for all Modeles of CADURA sliding doors.

DOOR + SIDE PANEL, CORNER ENTRY (SLIDING DOOR) - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass (door) B | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass (side panel)

Standard width

Width = A Middle of glass

1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800

994 1094 1194 1294 1394 1494 1594 1694 1794

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard dimensions on the floor (door)

All standard dimensions are equipped with wall connection profile ( tolerance from -24 mm to +21 mm )

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard dimensions on the floor (side panel)

When installing on a tiled floor, the indentation is not specified 122

Dimensions in mm.

Standard width

Width B = Middle of glass

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

670 720 770 870 970 1070 1170

All standard dimensions are equipped with wall connection profile ( tolerance from -9 mm to +10 mm )

CORNER ENTRY CADURA (SLIDING DOOR) - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Standard width

Width A = Middle of glass

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

667 717 767 867 967 1167

CADURA

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard dimensions on the floor

All standard dimensions are equipped with wall connection profile ( tolerance from -11 mm to +15 mm )

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass

INSTALLATION OF SHORT SIDE PANEL CADURA WITH SLIDING DOOR AT 90° Detail A front view:

Detail A top view:

shift 15 mm

Characteristic of installation: The short side wall at an angle of 90° is always installed on top of the edge of the bath

DOOR CLOSING DOOR IN NICHE

TOP PROFILE (FLOOR PLAN) DOOR + SIDE PANEL

CORNER ENTRY

CAS2, CAW2 61

-18.5/+6.5

34 53

Dimensions in mm.

123

124

ANNEA SIMPLICITY AND ELEGANCE

ANNEA

Annea Black - minimalism and classics in its purest form. Simple lines, fine details and neat black contours. Moderation, simplicity and convenience are the features that make Annea frameless shower enclosures ideal for any modern and elegant bathroom.

Available door and side panel versions:

125

ANNEA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in black matt (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

AN1CG + ANT | black matt (06), clear glass (07)

AN1CG + V.ANE.06 | black matt (06), clear glass (07) 126

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: AN1C G 0750 06 07 = ANNEA swing door 1 pc., hinges on the left, width 750 mm, height 2000 mm, black matt, TSG clear AN1C | SWING DOOR 1 PC.

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | opening outside | magnetic seal Model

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

700 750 800 900 1000

595 645 695 795 895

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

AN1C AN1C AN1C AN1C AN1C

2000

AN1C

Hinges G=left D=right

Width Dimension

Colour

Glass

06=black matt

07=TSG clear

x x x x x

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000

06 06 06 06 06

07 07 07 07 07

SM1

AN1CG + V.ANE.06 ANNEA

Standard dimensions 1)

Special dimensions 2) 700 - 1000

to door width

INSTALLATION KIT "CLOSURE - DOOR IN NICHE"

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 4)

Necessary only for installing in a niche

optional accessories | 5 mm height

Model

Colour

Height of door (mm)

Reference

06=black matt

2000

V.ANE.

Model

Colour

Length (mm)

Reference

06=black matt

1000

S.ANE.

ANT | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | corner stabilizer bar Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

06=black matt

07=TSG clear

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

ANT ANT ANT ANT ANT ANT

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000 1200

06 06 06 06 06 06

07 07 07 07 07 07

2000

ANT

SM1

Special dimensions 2) 300 - 1200

AN1CG + ANT

AN1CG + ANT + SMGA.06.1500

EXTRAS SMGA.06.1500

Stabilizer bar, wall – glass, black matt, length 1500 mm

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-16 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-16 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-15 mm; +2 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-6 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

684-700 734-750 784-800 884-900 984-1000 -

685-702 735-752 785-802 885-902 985-1002 1185-1202

668 718 768 868 968 -

668 718 768 868 968 1168

(-6 mm; +10 mm)

(-5 mm; +12 mm)

(-6 mm; +10 mm)

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

859-875

860-877

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -6 TO +10 MM).SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

127

ANNEA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in black matt (06)

AN13WG + ANTW + SMGTA.06.1500 | black matt (06), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

AN13G + V.ANE.06 | black matt (06), clear glass (07) 128

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: AN13 G 0750 06 07 = A NNEA swing door 1 pc. with fixed panel in line - with wall connection profile, hinges on the left, height 2000 mm, width 750 mm, black matt, TSG clear AN13 | SWING DOOR 1 PC. WITH FIXED PANEL IN LINE- WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | opening outside | magnetic seal | corner stabilizer bar Model

Hinges

Width

Colour

Glass

06=black matt

07=TSG clear

Width

Door width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

503 553 603 703 753 803

460 510 560 660 710 760

247 247 297 297 347 397

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

AN13 AN13 AN13 AN13 AN13 AN13

x x x x x x

0750 0800 0900 1000 1100 1200

06 06 06 06 06 06

07 07 07 07 07 07

2000

AN13

SM1

G=left D=right

Dimension

Special dimensions 2) 750-1200

to door width

INSTALLATION KIT "CLOSURE - DOOR IN NICHE"

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 4)

Necessary only for installing in a niche

optional accessories | 5 mm height

Model

Colour

Height of door (mm)

Reference

06=black matt

2000

V.ANE.

Model

Colour

Length (mm)

Reference

06=black matt

1000

S.ANE.

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | corner stabilizer bar

Standard dimensions

Model

Width

AN13D + V.ANE.06

ANT | SIDE PANEL AT 90° WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE 1) 3)

Colour

Glass

06=black matt

07=TSG clear

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

ANT ANT ANT ANT ANT ANT

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000 1200

06 06 06 06 06 06

07 07 07 07 07 07

2000

ANT

SM1

AN13G + ANT

Special dimensions 2) 300 - 1200

EXTRAS

AN13G + ANT + SMGTA.06.1500

SMGTA.06.1500 SMMA.06.1500

Stabilizer bar, wall – glass-T-piece, length 1500 mm Stabilizer bar, wall - wall+T-piece, length 1500 mm

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-17 ; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-17 ; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-17 ; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-7 ; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 ; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1083-1100 1183-1200

683-700 733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1183-1200

718 768 868 968 1068 1168

668 718 768 868 968 1168

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

858-875

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM).SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

129

ANNEA

Standard dimensions 1)

ANNEA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in black matt (06)

AN13WG + ANTW + SMGTA.06.1500 | black matt (06), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

AN13G + V.ANE.06 | black matt (06), clear glass (07) 130

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: AN13W G 0750 06 07 = ANNEA swing door 1 pc. with fixed panel in line - with L-fastering, hinges on the left, height 2000 mm, width 750 mm, black matt, TSG clear AN13W | SWING DOOR 1 PC. WITH FIXED PANEL IN LINE- WITH WALL L-FASTENING tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | opening outside | magnetic seal | corner stabilizer bar Model

Hinges

Width

Colour

Glass

06=black matt

07=TSG clear

Width

Door width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

503 553 603 703 753 803

460 510 560 660 710 760

247 247 297 297 347 397

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

AN13W AN13W AN13W AN13W AN13W AN13W

x x x x x x

0750 0800 0900 1000 1100 1200

06 06 06 06 06 06

07 07 07 07 07 07

2000

AN13W

SM1

G=left D=right

Dimension

Special dimensions 2) 750-1200

to door width

INSTALLATION KIT "CLOSURE - DOOR IN NICHE"

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 4)

Necessary only for installing in a niche

optional accessories | 5 mm height

Model

Colour

Height of door (mm)

Reference

06=black matt

2000

V.ANE.

Model

Colour

Length (mm)

Reference

06=black matt

1000

S.ANE.

AN13WD + V.ANE.06

ANTW | SIDE PANEL AT 90° WITH WALL L-FASTENING tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | corner stabilizer bar Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

06=black matt

07=TSG clear

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

ANTW ANTW ANTW ANTW ANTW ANTW

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000 1200

06 06 06 06 06 06

07 07 07 07 07 07

2000

ANTW

SM1

AN13WG +ANTW

Special dimensions 2) 300 - 1200

EXTRAS

AN13WG +ANTW + SMGTA.06.1500

SMGTA.06.1500 SMMA.06.1500

Stabilizer bar, wall – glass-T-piece, length 1500 mm Stabilizer bar, wall - wall+T-piece, length 1500 mm

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-5 ; +5 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-5 ; +5 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-5 ; +5 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-5 ; +5 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-5 ; +5 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

745-755 795-805 895-905 995-1005 1095-1105 1195-1205

695-705 745-755 795-805 895-905 995-1005 1195-1205

727 777 877 977 1077 1177

677 727 777 877 977 1177

(-5 mm; +5 mm)

860-870

865

Special dimensions e.g: 865

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM).SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

131

ANNEA

Standard dimensions 1)

ANNEA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in black matt (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

132

AN1CG + AN1CD | black matt (06), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: AN1C G 0750 06 07 = ANNEA corner entry (swing doors 1 pc.), side left, width 750 mm, height 2000 mm, black matt, TSG clear AN1C G+D | CORNER ENTRY (SWING DOORS 1 PC.)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | opening outside | magnetic seal Model

Side G=left D=right

Width

Colour

Glass

06=black matt

07=TSG clear

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

700 750 800 900 1000

866 937 1007 1149 1290

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

AN1C AN1C AN1C AN1C AN1C

x x x x x

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000

06 06 06 06 06

07 07 07 07 07

AN1C

SM1

Special dimensions - PRICE PER SIDE 700 - 1000

to door width

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP

Dimension

AN1CG + AN1CD ANNEA

Standard dimensions - PRICE PER SIDE 1) 3) 4)

2) 4)

2000 5)

optional accessories | 5 mm height Model

Colour

Length (mm)

Reference

06=black matt

1000

S.ANE.

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-14 mm; +2 mm)

Corner entry (-6 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000

686-702 736-752 786-802 886-902 996-1002

668 718 768 868 968

(-3 mm; +13 mm)

(-6 mm; 10 mm)

862-878

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -6 TO +10 MM).SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - A CORNER ENTRY ALWAYS CONSISTS OF A LEFT AND A RIGHT PART. ALWAYS 2 PIECES HAVE TO BE ORDERED TO SET UP A CORNER ENTRY. 5) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

133

ANNEA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in black matt (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

134

AN13G + AN13D | black matt (06), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: AN13 G 0750 06 07 = A NNEA corner entry 2 pcs. - with wall connection profile, left side, height 2000 mm, width 750 mm, black matt, TSG clear AN13 G+D | CORNER ENTRY 2 PCS. (SWING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS) - WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | opening outside | magnetic seal | 2 corner stabilizer bars Model

Side

Width

Colour

Glass

06=black matt

07=TSG clear

Width

Door width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

503 553 603 703 753 803

670 740 810 950 1020 1090

247 247 297 297 347 397

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

AN13 AN13 AN13 AN13 AN13 AN13

x x x x x x

0750 0800 0900 1000 1100 1200

06 06 06 06 06 06

07 07 07 07 07 07

AN13

SM1

G=left D=right

Dimension

AN13G + AN13D ANNEA

Standard dimensions - PRICE PER SIDE 1) 3) 4)

Special dimensions - PRICE PER SIDE 2) 4) 750-1200

to door width

2000

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 5)

optional accessories | 5 mm height Model

Colour

Length (mm)

Reference

06=black matt

1000

S.ANE.

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Corner entry (-7 mm; +10 mm)

750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1083-1100 1183-1200

718 768 868 968 1068 1168

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

858-875

865

Special dimensions e.g: 865

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM).SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - A CORNER ENTRY ALWAYS CONSISTS OF A LEFT AND A RIGHT PART. ALWAYS 2 PIECES HAVE TO BE ORDERED TO SET UP A CORNER ENTRY. 5) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

135

ANNEA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in black matt (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

136

AN13WG + AN13WD | black matt (06), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: AN13W G 0750 06 07 = ANNEA corner entry 2 pcs. - with L-fastering, left side, height 2000 mm, width 750 mm, black matt, TSG clear AN13W G+D | CORNER ENTRY 2 PCS. (SWING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS) - WITH L-FASTENING

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | opening outside | magnetic seal | 2 corner stabilizer bars Model

Side

Width

Colour

Glass

06=black matt

07=TSG clear

Width

Door width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

503 553 603 703 753 803

670 740 810 950 1020 1090

247 247 297 297 347 397

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

AN13W AN13W AN13W AN13W AN13W AN13W

x x x x x x

0750 0800 0900 1000 1100 1200

06 06 06 06 06 06

07 07 07 07 07 07

AN13W

SM1

G=left D=right

Dimension

AN13WG + AN13WD ANNEA

Standard dimensions - PRICE PER SIDE 1) 3) 4)

Special dimensions - PRICE PER SIDE 2) 4) 750-1200

to door width

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP

2000 5)

optional accessories | 5 mm height Model

Colour

Length (mm)

Reference

06=black matt

1000

S.ANE.

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-5 mm; +5 mm)

750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

745-755 795-805 895-905 995-1005 1095-1105 1195-1205

727 777 877 977 1077 1177

(-5 mm; +5 mm)

860-870

865

Special dimensions e.g: 865

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -5 TO +5 MM).SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - A CORNER ENTRY ALWAYS CONSISTS OF A LEFT AND A RIGHT PART. ALWAYS 2 PIECES HAVE TO BE ORDERED TO SET UP A CORNER ENTRY. 5) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

137

ANNEA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in black matt (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

138

ANR55 | black matt (06), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: ANR 55 090 06 07 = A NNEA round shower enclosure (swing doors with fixed panels), radius 550, height 2000 mm, width 900 mm, black matt, TSG clear ANR | ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE (SWING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | opening outside | magnetic seal | 2 corner stabilizer bars Model

Radius 50=500 mm 55=550 mm

Width

Colour

Glass

06=black matt

07=TSG clear

Width A

Entry width

Width fixed panel B

Height

Reference

800 900 1000

810 810 810

197 297 397

2000 2000 2000

ANR ANR ANR

xx xx xx

080 090 100

06 06 06

07 07 07

2000

ANR

SM1

Dimension

ANR ANNEA

Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Special dimensions 2) 800 - 1000

to door width

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 4)

optional accessories | 5 mm height Model

Radius

Length (mm)

Reference

1000

S.ANR

Colour

50=500 mm 06=black matt 55=550 mm xx.

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Round (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Round (-7 mm; +10 mm)

800 900 1000

783-800 883-900 983-1000

767 867 967

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

858-875

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 33 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM).SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

139

ANNEA | TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN

DESIGN Hinges – glass-glass (1) • With lifting and lowering function, outside opening up to 90°

|1|

|2|

|3|

|4|

Hinges – profile-glass (2) • Profile-glass for AN1C

Modern handle (3) • Corresponds to the current trend in bathrooms Equalizing profile (4) • For AN13, ANT, ANR models

Stability (5) • The corner stabilizer bar supplied as standard ensure optimum stability of the shower enclosure

Wall brackets (6) •W all brackets - for AN13W and ANTW • A ttachment of the glass with 2 pieces of wall brackets in a design that perfectly matches the hinges

140

|5|

|6|

TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN |2|

Stabilization (1-2) • Optional stabilizer bars can be supplied, which also provide optimum stability.

ANNEA

|1|

|3|

|4|

|6|

|5|

Quality hinges (3) • Outside opening up to 90° • The hinges are recessed on the inside of the glass, the smooth surface of the concealed recessed hinges facilitates easy cleaning. • The lifting mechanism facilitates opening and closing of the door and also reduces wear and tear seals on the door

Equalizing profile on AN1C (4-5) • Easy installation • Allows 15 mm adjustability • Elegant caps in matte black

Optional 5mm water deflector strip supplied (6) • Seamless entry • Decent water deflector strip (optional accessories) improves the tightness of the shower enclosure

141

ANNEA | TECHNICAL INFORMATION

DOOR + SIDE PANEL, CORNER ENTRY - INSTALLATION ON THE SHOWER TRAY AN13, ANT, ANR

AN1C

A 25

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the outer edge of the shower tray

For the installation on a shower tray the withdrawal of 23 mm (for AN13, ANT, ANR), 25 mm (for AN1C).

DOOR + SIDE PANEL, CORNER ENTRY - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard dimensions on the floor

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the outer edge of the shower tray

WALL PROFILE EPB FOR INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Dimensions in mm.

18,2

9,5

43,7

142

51,5

9,5

43,7

18,2

AN1C

51,5

Width A = Middle of glass AN1C AN13 AN13W

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

668 718 768 868 968 -

718 768 868 968 1068 1168

727 777 877 977 1077 1177

The actual width of the shower enclosure corresponds to the width A (mid-glass) with tolerances -6 mm to +10 mm (AN1C) -7 mm to +10 mm (AN13/ANT) -5 mm to +5 mm (AN13W/ANTW)

When deviating from the tiling dimensions mentioned in the table above, a special dimension must be produced.

AN13 + ANT

Standard width

ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard dimensions on the floor

Standard width

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the glass mid-point

B A

Width A = Width B for Middle of glass radius R500

800 767 x 767 290 900 867 x 867 390 1000 967 x 967 490 R478: R adius in the middle of the curved glass element - door radius 500 Door radius 550 mm Standard width

ANNEA

Door radius 500 mm

Width A = Width B for Middle of glass radius R550

800 767 x 767 240 900 867 x 867 340 1000 967 x 967 440 R538: R adius in the middle of the curved glass element - door radius 550

The real width of the shower enclosure corresponds to the width A (middle glass) - with tolerance -7 to +10 mm. For other tiling dimensions than those in the table above it is necessary to make special dimensions. When tiling the shower area, the radius R478 and R538 must be considered.

PROFILE 50012 AN13/ANT

PROFILE 50418 V.ANE

PROFILE 50445 AN1C

L-FASTENING AN13W/ANTW 16

Dimensions in mm.

143

144

SOLINO HARMONY & FUNCTIONALITY

SOLINO

Attractive, inspiring, highly functional - that's SOLINO, the trend setting shower enclosure series. The pivot doors can be opened inside or (with optional accessories) inside and outside. Wide inward and outward opening bi-fold doors invite you to enjoy a carefree showering experience. If the bi-fold doors are not used, they can be folded towards the wall to save space. The doors and side panels made of 6 mm tempered safety glass provide high transparency. An aquaperle anti-plaque glass coating is of course included for all models in the range.

Available door and side panel versions:

145

SOLINO SOLINO

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

SOL1 + SOLT1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

SOL1 + SOLT1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in color 06 (matt black)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

SOL1 + V.SOL.50 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 146

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOL1 0700 50 07 = S OLINO swing door 1 pc., height 2000 mm, width 700 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOL1 | SWING DOOR 1 PC.

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | door opens outside by default | opening outside and inside with optional accessories | magnetic seal Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000

598 648 698 798 898

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

SOL1 SOL1 SOL1 SOL1 SOL1

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000

xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000

SOL1

SM1

87=Screen 88=White lines

07=TSG clear

Special dimensions 1) 2) 700 - 1000

to door width

INSTALLATION KIT "CLOSURE - DOOR IN NICHE 4) NECESSARY ONLY FOR INSTALLING IN A NICHE Model Colour

SOL1+V.SOL.XX

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 5)

optional accessories | 5 mm height Model

Colour

Height (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

Length (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

1984 up to 1984

V.SOL. V.SOL.SM1.

xx xx

1200

S.SOL.

SOL1+V.SOL.XX

SOLT1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | corner stabilizer bar Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984

SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000 1200

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 1984

SOLT1

SM1

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

SOL1+V2.SOL.XX 2

Special dimensions 1) 2) 6) 300 - 1200

EXTRAS

SOL1 + SOLT1 Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES

Stabilizer bar, wall – glass, Length 1500 mm, high-gloss silver Stabilizer bar, wall – glass, Length 1500 mm, matt black Installation kit for door opening inside and outside for door in niche high-gloss silver (50) / matt black (06) Installation kit for door opening inside and outside for door in niche high-gloss silver (50) / matt black (06) Installation kit for door opening inside and outside for door with side panel

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

SMGS.50.1500 SMGS.06.1500 V2.SOL.50 / V2.SOL.06 V2.SOL.SM1.50 / V2.SOL.SM1.06 V3.SOL Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-7 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

683-700 733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 -

683-700 733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1183-1200

668 718 768 868 968 -

668 718 768 868 968 1168

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

958-975

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

SOL1 + SOLT1 + SMGS.XX.1500

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

SOL1 + SOLT1 + V3.SOL

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) - WIDTH OF DOORS IN THE NICHE TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE WALL PROFILE V.SOL.06/V.SOL.50. 5) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 6) - SOLINO SHORT SIDE WALL 90°, ALWAYS MOUNTED ON THE SIDE OF THE BATHTUB ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

SOL1 + SOLT1SM1

147

SOLINO

Standard dimensions 1)

SOLINO SOLINO

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

SOL13 + SOLT1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

SOL13 + SOLT1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in color 06 (matt black)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

SOL13 + V.SOL.50 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 148

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOL13 0750 50 07 = SOLINO swing door 1 pc. with fixed panel in line, height 2000 mm, width 750 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOL13 | SWING DOOR 1 PC. WITH FIXED PANEL IN LINE

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | door opens outside by default | opening outside and inside with optional accessories | magnetic seal | corner stabilizer bar Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Total width

Door width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

550 550 550 650 700 800 800

510 510 510 610 660 760 760

200 250 350 350 400 400 600

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

SOL13 SOL13 SOL13 SOL13 SOL13 SOL13 SOL13

0750 0800 0900 1000 1100 1200 1400

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

Special dimensions 1) 2)

750-1400 to door width up to 2000 SOL13 INSTALLATION KIT "CLOSURE - DOOR IN NICHE 4) NECESSARY ONLY FOR INSTALLING IN A NICHE Model Colour

87=Screen 88=White lines

07=TSG clear

SM1 xx WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 5)

optional accessories | 5 mm height

07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

Model

Colour

Height (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

Length (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

1984 up to 1984

V.SOL. V.SOL.SM1.

xx xx

1200

S.SOL.

SOLT1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | corner stabilizer bar Model Width Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Colour

Glass

Height

Reference

Dimension

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984

SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000 1200

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 1984

SOLT1

SM1

Special dimensions

SOL13 + V.SOL.XX + SMMS.XX.1500

SOL13 + V.SOL.XX

Width

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

07=TSG clear

SOL13 + V.SOL.XX

87=Screen 88=White lines

SOL13 + V2.SOL.XX

1) 2) 6)

300 - 1200

EXTRAS

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES

Stabilizer bar, wall - wall + T piece, 1500 mm, high-gloss silver Stabilizer bar, wall - wall + T piece, 1500 mm, matt black Stabilizer bar, wall - glass + T piece, Length 1500 mm, high-gloss silver Stabilizer bar, wall - glass + T piece, Length 1500 mm, matt black Installation kit for door opening inside and outside for door in niche high-gloss silver (50) / matt black (06) Installation kit for door opening inside and outside for door in niche high-gloss silver (50) / matt black (06) Installation kit for door opening inside and outside for door with side panel

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

SMMS.50.1500 SMMS.06.1500 SMGTS.50.1500 SMGTS.06.1500 V2.SOL.50 / V2.SOL.06 V2.SOL.SM1.50 / V2.SOL.SM1.06 V3.SOL

SOL13 + SOLT1

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-7 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +10 mm)

SOL13 + SOLT1 + SMGTS.XX.1500

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1083-1100 1183-1200 1383-1400

683-700 733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1183-1200 -

718 768 868 968 1068 1168 1368

668 718 768 868 968 1168 -

SOL13 + SOLT1 + V3.SOL

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

958-975

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) - WIDTH OF DOORS IN THE NICHE TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE WALL PROFILE V.SOL.06/V.SOL.50. 5) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 6) - SOLINO SHORT SIDE WALL 90°, ALWAYS MOUNTED ON THE SIDE OF THE BATHTUB ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

SOL13 + SOLT1SM1

149

SOLINO

Standard dimensions 1)

SOLINO SOLINO

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

SOL31 + SOLT3 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

SOL31 + SOLT3 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in color 06 (matt black)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

SOL31 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 150

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOL31 1000 50 07 = S OLINO swing door 1 pc. with side panel in a straight line, height 2000 mm, width 1000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOL31 | SWING DOOR 1 PC. WITH SIDE PANEL IN A STRAIGHT LINE

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal | corner stabilizer bar

Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass 1

Total width

Door width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

900 1000 1100 1200 1400

670 670 670 770 870

600 600 600 700 800

230 330 430 430 530

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

SOL31 SOL31 SOL31 SOL31 SOL31

0900 1000 1100 1200 1400

xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000

SOL31

SM1

87=Screen 88=White lines

07=TSG clear

Special dimensions 1) 2) 750-1400

to door width

SOL31

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 4)

Model

Colour

Length (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

1200

S.SOL.

SOL31 + SMMS2.XX.1500

SOLT3 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | corner stabilizer bar Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984

SOLT3 SOLT3 SOLT3 SOLT3 SOLT3 SOLT3

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000 1200

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 1984

SOLT3

SM1

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

Special dimensions 1) 2) 5) 300 - 1200

SOL31 + SOLT3

EXTRAS FOR DOORS AND FIXED PANELS Bevel/cut-out

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

ACCESSORIES

SMMS2.50.1500 SMMS2.06.1500 SMGTS2.50.1500 SMGTS2.06.1500

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

SOL31 + SOLT3 + SMGTS2.XX.1500

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-23 mm; +10 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-15 mm; +22 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-11 mm; +26 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

877-910 977-1010 1077-1110 1177-1210 1377-1410

885-922 985-1022 1085-1122 1185-1222 1385-1422

683-700 733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1183-1200 -

874 974 1074 1174 1374

668 718 768 868 968 1168 -

(-13 mm; +20 mm)

(-9 mm; +28 mm)

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

(-11 mm; +26 mm)

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

952-985

956-993

958-975

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

SOL31 + SOLT3SM1

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 26 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -11 TO +26 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 5) - SOLINO SHORT SIDE WALL 90°, ALWAYS MOUNTED ON THE SIDE OF THE BATHTUB ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

151

SOLINO

optional accessories | 5 mm height

SOLINO SOLINO

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

SOL2 + SOLT2 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

SOL2 + SOLT2 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in color 06 (matt black)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

SOL2 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 152

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOL2 0700 50 07 = S OLINO swing door 2 pcs., height 2000 mm, width 700 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOL2 | SWING DOOR 2 PCS.

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

565 615 665 765 865 1065

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

SOL2 SOL2 SOL2 SOL2 SOL2 SOL2

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000 1200

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000

SOL2

SM1

Special dimensions 700-1200

87=Screen 88=White lines

07=TSG clear

SOL2

1) 2)

to door width

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 4)

Model

Colour

Length (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

1200

S.SOL.

SOLINO

optional accessories | 5 mm height

SOLT2 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | corner stabilizer bar Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

SOLT2 SOLT2 SOLT2 SOLT2 SOLT2 SOLT2

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000 1200

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000

SOLT2

SM1

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

SOL2 + SOLT2

Special dimensions 1) 2) 5) 300 - 1200

EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE PANELS Bevel/cut-out

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

ACCESSORIES

SMGS.50.1500 SMGS.06.1500

Stabilizer bar, wall – glass, Length 1500 mm, high-gloss silver Stabilizer bar, wall – glass, Length 1500 mm, matt black

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-18 mm; +15 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-9 mm; +27 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-5 mm; +31 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

682-715 732-765 782-815 882-915 982-1015 1182-1215

691-727 741-777 791-827 891-927 991-1027 1191-1227

683-700 733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1183-1200

674 724 774 874 974 1174

668 718 768 868 968 1168

(-18 mm; +15 mm)

(-9 mm; +27 mm)

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

(-9 mm; +27 mm)

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

947-980

956-992

958-975

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

SOL2 + SOLT2 + SMGS.XX.1500

SOL2 + SOLT2SM1

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 26 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -5 TO +31 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) -WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 5) - SOLINO SHORT SIDE WALL 90°, ALWAYS MOUNTED ON THE SIDE OF THE BATHTUB ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

153

SOLINO SOLINO

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

SOLF1G + SOLT1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

SOLF1D + SOLT1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in color 06 (matt black)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

SOLF1G + V.SOL.50 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 154

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOLF1 G 075 50 07 = SOLINO bifold swing door 2-pcs., left side, height 2000 mm, width 750 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOLF1 | BIFOLD SWING DOOR 2-PCS.

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | magnetic seal Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Side

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

598 648 698 798 898 1068

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

SOLF1 SOLF1 SOLF1 SOLF1 SOLF1 SOLF1

x x x x x x

070 075 080 090 100 120

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000

SOLF1

SM1

Model

Colour

700-1200

SOLF1G+V.SOL.XX

1) 2)

to door width

INSTALLATION KIT "CLOSURE - DOOR IN NICHE 4) NECESSARY ONLY FOR INSTALLING IN A NICHE Model

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 5)

optional accessories | 5 mm height Colour

Height (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

Length (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

1984 up to 1984

V.SOL. V.SOL.SM1.

xx xx

1200

S.SOL.

SOLINO

Special dimensions

87=Screen 88=White lines

07=TSG clear

SOLT1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | corner stabilizer bar Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984

SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000 1200

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 1984

SOLT1

SM1

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines SOLF1G + SOLT1

Special dimensions 1) 2) 6) 300 - 1200

EXTRAS

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES

SOLF1G + SOLT1 + SMGS.XX.1500

SMGS.50.1500 SMGS.06.1500

Stabilizer bar, wall – glass, Length 1500 mm, high-gloss silver Stabilizer bar, wall – glass, Length 1500 mm, matt black

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-7 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

683-700 733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1183-1200

683-700 733- 750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1183-1200

668 718 768 868 968 1168

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

958-975

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass) SOLF1G + SOLT1SM1

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) - WIDTH OF DOORS IN THE NICHE TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE WALL PROFILE V.SOL.06/V.SOL.50. 5) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 6) - SOLINO SHORT SIDE WALL 90°, ALWAYS MOUNTED ON THE SIDE OF THE BATHTUB ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

155

SOLINO SOLINO

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1600 mm

SOLF13G + SOLT1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

SOLF13D + SOLT1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in color 06 (matt black)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

SOLF13G + V.SOL.50 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 156

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOLF13 G 100 50 07 = SOLINO bifold swing door 2-pcs. with fixed panel in line, left side, height 2000 mm, width 1000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOLF13 | BIFOLD SWING DOOR 2-PCS. WITH FIXED PANEL IN LINE

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | magnetic seal | corner stabilizer bar Model

Side

Width

Colour

Width

Door width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference G=left D=right

1000 1200 1400 1600

650 800 936 1136

610 760 898 1098

350 400 464 464

2000 2000 2000 2000

SOLF13 SOLF13 SOLF13 SOLF13

x x x x

100 120 140 160

xx xx xx xx

up to 2000 SOLF13

SM1

Glass

black Dimension 06=matt 50=high-gloss silver

87=Screen 88=White lines

07=TSG clear 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx

Special dimensions 1) 2) 1000-1600 do 1136

to door width

INSTALLATION KIT "CLOSURE - DOOR IN NICHE NECESSARY ONLY FOR INSTALLING IN A NICHE Model

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP

SOLF13G + V.SOL.XX

optional accessories | 5 mm height Colour

Model

Colour

Height (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

Length (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

1984 up to 1984

V.SOL. V.SOL.SM1.

xx xx

1200

S.SOL.

SOLINO

Standard dimensions 1)

SOLT1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | corner stabilizer bar Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984

SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1 SOLT1

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000 1200

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 1984

SOLT1

SM1

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

SOLF13G + SOLT1

Special dimensions 1) 2) 6) 300 - 1200

EXTRAS

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES

SMGTS.50.1600 SMGTS.06.1600

Stabilizer bar, wall – glass, Length 1600 mm, high-gloss silver Stabilizer bar, wall – glass, Length 1600 mm, matt black

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-7 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600

983-1000 1183-1200 1383-1400 1583-1600

683-700 733- 750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1183-1200 -

968 1168 1368 1568

668 718 768 868 968 1168 -

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

1108-1125

1115

Special dimensions e.g.: 1115

SOLF13G + SOLT1 + SMGTS.XX.1500

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

SOLF13G + SOLT1SM1

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) - WIDTH OF DOORS IN THE NICHE TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE WALL PROFILE V.SOL.06/V.SOL.50. 5) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 6) - SOLINO SHORT SIDE WALL 90°, ALWAYS MOUNTED ON THE SIDE OF THE BATHTUB ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

157

SOLINO SOLINO

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

SOL1 + SOL1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in color 06 (matt black)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

158

SOL1 + SOL1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOL1 0700 50 07 = S OLINO corner entry 1 pc. (swing doors), 1 side of corner entry, height 2000 mm, width 700 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOL1 + SOL1 | CORNER ENTRY 1 PC. (SWING DOORS)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal Standard dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 3) 4)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000

845 915 985 1125 1270

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

SOL1 SOL1 SOL1 SOL1 SOL1

0700 0750 0800 0900 1000

xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx

SOL1

SM1

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

Special dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 2) 4) 700 - 1000

to door width

up to 2000

SOL1 + SOL1

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 5)

Model

Colour

Length (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

1000

S.SOL.

SOLINO

optional accessories | 5 mm height

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-17 mm; +0 mm)

Corner entry (-7 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000

683-700 733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000

668 718 768 868 968

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

858-875

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) - A CORNER ENTRY ALWAYS CONSISTS OF TWO PARTS (RIGHT/LEFT). EXAMPLE: COMPLETE CORNER ENTRY 800 X 800 I HIGH-GLOSS SILVER (50), TSG CLEAR (07) CONSISTS OF 2 X SOL108005007. 5) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP. FOR THE CORNER ENTRY, YOU MUST ORDER 2 WATER DEFLECTOR STRIPS. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

159

SOLINO SOLINO

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 900 mm

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in color 06 (matt black)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

SOL1G + SOL1D | matt black (06), Loft 73

160

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOL1G 090 06 73 = S OLINO corner entry 1 pc. (swing doors), left side, height 2000 mm, width 900 mm, matt black, glass Loft 73 SOL1 G + D | CORNER ENTRY 1 PC. (SWING DOORS)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal | print on the front of the glass

Standard dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 2) 3)

Model

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

900

1125

2000

SOL1

Side

Width

Colour

Glass 1

G=left D=right

Dimension x

06=matt black

090

73=Loft 73 73

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 4)

SOL1G + SOL1D

optional accessories | 5 mm height Model

Colour

Length (mm)

Reference

06=matt black

1200

S.SOL.

SOLINO

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-17 mm; +0 mm)

Corner entry (-7 mm; +10 mm)

900

883-900

868

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 2) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - A CORNER ENTRY ALWAYS CONSISTS OF A LEFT AND A RIGHT PART. 4) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP. FOR THE CORNER ENTRY, YOU MUST ORDER 2 WATER DEFLECTOR STRIPS. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

161

SOLINO SOLINO

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

SOL13 + SOL13 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in color 06 (matt black)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

162

SOL13 + SOL13 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOL13 0750 50 07 = SOLINO corner entry - 2 pcs. (pivot doors with fixed panels) , 1 side of corner entry, height 2000 mm, width 750 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOL13 + SOL13 | CORNER ENTRY - 2 PCS. (PIVOT DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal | 2 corner stabilizer bars

Standard dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 3) 4)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass 1

Width

Door width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

550 550 550 650 700 800 800

720 720 720 865 935 1075 1075

200 250 350 350 400 400 600

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

SOL13 SOL13 SOL13 SOL13 SOL13 SOL13 SOL13

0750 0800 0900 1000 1100 1200 1400

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

SOL13

SM1

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

SOL13 + SOL13

Special dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 2) 4) to door width

up to 2000

SOLINO

750-1400

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 5)

optional accessories | 5 mm height Model

Colour

Length (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

1200

S.SOL.

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-17 mm; +0 mm)

Corner entry (-7 mm; +10 mm)

750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1083-1100 1183-1200 1383-1400

718 768 868 968 1068 1168 1368

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

858-875

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) - A CORNER ENTRY ALWAYS CONSISTS OF TWO PARTS (RIGHT/LEFT). EXAMPLE: COMPLETE CORNER ENTRY 800 X 800 I HIGH-GLOSS SILVER (50), TSG CLEAR (07) CONSISTS OF 2 X SOL1308005007. 5) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP. FOR THE CORNER ENTRY, YOU MUST ORDER 2 WATER DEFLECTOR STRIPS. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

163

SOLINO SOLINO

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

SOLF1G + SOLF1D | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in color 06 (matt black)



SOLF1G + SOLF1D | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

SOLF1G + SOLF1D | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 164

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOLF1 G 075 50 07 = SOLINO corner entry 2 pcs. (bifold swing door), left side, height 2000 mm, width 750 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOLF1 G+D |CORNER ENTRY 2 PCS. (BIFOLD SWING DOOR)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside | hinges with lifting and lowering mechanism, inside flush to the glass | magnetic seal Standard dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 3) 4)

Model

Side

Width

Colour

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

846 917 988 1129 1270 1553

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

SOLF1 SOLF1 SOLF1 SOLF1 SOLF1 SOLF1

x x x x x x

070 075 080 090 100 120

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

SM1

Glass 07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

SOLF1G + SOLF1D

Special dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 2) 4) 700-1200

to door width

SOLF1

up to 2000

SOLINO

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 5)

optional accessories | 5 mm height Model

Colour

Length (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

1200

S.SOL.

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-17 mm; +0 mm)

Corner entry (-7 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

683-700 733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1183-1200

668 718 768 868 968 1168

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

858-875

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) - A CORNER ENTRY ALWAYS CONSISTS OF A LEFT AND A RIGHT PART. 5) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP. FOR THE CORNER ENTRY, YOU MUST ORDER 2 WATER DEFLECTOR STRIPS. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

165

SOLINO SOLINO

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

SOLF13G + SOLF13D | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in color 06 (matt black)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

166

SOLF13G + SOLF13D | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOLF13 G 100 50 07 = SOLINO corner entry 2 pcs. (bifold swing door) with fixed panel in line, left side, width 1000 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOLF13 G+D |CORNER ENTRY 2 PCS. (BIFOLD SWING DOOR) WITH FIXED PANEL IN LINE tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal | 2 corner stabilizer bars

Standard dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 3) 4)

Model

Side

Width

Colour

Glass 1

Width

Door width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

G=left Reference D=right

1000 1200 1400

650 800 936

865 1075 1270

350 400 464

2000 2000 2000

SOLF13 SOLF13 SOLF13

06=matt black Dimension 50=high-gloss silver

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

x x x

100 120 140

xx xx xx

07 07 07

xx xx xx

SM1

Special dimensions - PRICE PER ELEMENT 1) 2) 4) 1001-1400

to door width

up to 2000 SOLF13

SOLF13G + SOLF13D

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 5) Model

Colour

Length (mm)

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

1200

S.SOL.

SOLINO

optional accessories | 5 mm height

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-17 mm; +0 mm)

Corner entry (-7 mm; +10 mm)

1000 1200 1400

983-1000 1183-1200 1383-1400

968 1168 1368

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

858-875

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) - WIDTH OF DOORS IN THE NICHE TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE WALL PROFILE V.SOL.06/V.SOL.50. 5) - WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 6) - SOLINO SHORT SIDE WALL 90°, ALWAYS MOUNTED ON THE SIDE OF THE BATHTUB ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

167

SOLINO SOLINO

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

SOR55 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in color 06 (matt black)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

168

SOR55 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOR 55 090 50 07 = S OLINO round shower enclosure (swing doors with fixed panels), radius 550 mm, height 2000 mm, width 900 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOR | ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE (SWING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal | 2 corner stabilizer bars Model

Radius

Width

Colour

Glass 1

Width A

Entry width

Width fixed panel B

Height

Reference

Standard dimensions 1) 3)

50=500 mm 55=550 mm

800 900 1000

720 720 720

250 350 450

2000 2000 2000

SOR SOR SOR

xx xx xx

080 090 100

2000

SOR

SM1

06=matt black Dimension 50=high-gloss silver

07=TSG clear

87=Screen

xx xx xx

07 07 07

xx xx xx

Special dimensions 1) 2) 800 - 1000

to door width

SOR

WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP 4) Model

Radius

Length (mm)

Reference

1000

S.SOR.

SOLINO

optional accessories | 5 mm height Colour

50=500 mm 06=matt black 55=550 mm 50=high-gloss silver xx

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Round (-17 mm; +0 mm)

Round (-7 mm; +10 mm)

800 900 1000

783-800 883-900 983-1000

768 868 968

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

858-875

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -7 TO +10 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) -WE RECOMMEND INSTALLING A WATER DEFLECTOR STRIP ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

169

SOLINO | TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN

DESIGN Ergonomically designed handles • Handle for pivot door (1), handle for bifold door (2)

|1|

|2|

Stabilization • The chrome-plated corner stabilizer (standard scope of supply) (3) or the solid stabilizer bar (optional accessories) (4) provide optimum product stability.

|3|

|4|

170

TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES |6|

|7|

|8|

|9|

|10|

Integrated lift and lower mechanism (5-6) • Prevents premature wear of the seal below the door

SOLINO

|5|

Wall connection profile (7-8) • Compact wall connection profile for a simplified assembly • Adjustment range up to 20 mm • Chrome-plated cover caps

Water tightness • Optionally, a water deflector strip for optimum sealing (9) can be installed. • Version without water deflector strip (10)

171

SOLINO | TECHNICAL INFORMATION

DOOR + SIDE PANEL, CORNER ENTRY - INSTALLATION ON THE SHOWER TRAY

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the outer edge of the shower tray

For the installation on a shower tray the withdrawal of 9 mm is constant for all models (even round shower enclosures).

DOOR + SIDE PANEL, CORNER ENTRY - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR A

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard dimensions on the floor

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the glass mid-point

668 718 768 868 968 1068 1168 1368

PROFILE 50012

172

Dimensions in mm.

674 724 774 874 974 1074 1174 1374

The real width of the standard shower enclosure = width A Installation dimensions: -7 mm to +10 mm: SOL1, SOL13, SOLF1, SOLF13, SOR, SOLT1/2/3 -5 mm to +31 mm: SOL2 -11 mm to + 26 mm: SOL31

For other tiling dimensions than those shown in the table above, it is necessary to produce special dimensions.

PROFILE 50418

Width A = Middle of glass SOL1, SOL13, SOL2, SOF1, SOLF13, SOL31 SOLT1/2/3

Standard width

ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard dimensions on the floor A

Door radius 500 mm Standard Width A Width B = Middle of glass for radius R500 width

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the glass mid-point

B A

800 768x768 290 900 868x868 390 1000 968x968 490 R478: R adius in the middle of curved glass element - door radius 500. Door radius 550 mm Standard Width A Width B = Middle of glass for radius R550 width

In this case no withdrawal is considered in the production. When tiling the shower area, the radii R478 and R528 must be taken into account for doors with radius 500 or 550.

SOLINO

800 768x768 240 900 868x868 340 1000 968x968 440 R528: R adius in the middle of curved glass element - door radius 550. All standard dimensions are equipped with wall connection profile (tolerance from -7 up to +10 mm).

FOLDING IN DIMENSIONS OF THE BIFOLD SWING DOOR The folding in dimension of the bifold swing door includes the measurement from the outer edge of the shower tray to the end of the door element at a 90° inwardly folded door. It is important for the placement of the fitting on the wall. The dimensions 9 and 27 are constant values, which remain the same for all widths. Standard width

constant*

Dimension X

Folding in dimension

700 9 + 27 315 351 750 9 + 27 340 376 800 9 + 27 365 401 900 9 + 27 415 451 1000 9 + 27 465 501 1200 9 + 27 565 601 1400 9 + 27 665 701 1600 9 + 27 765 801 * profile width + withdrawal from the outer edge of the shower tray

SOL1 - SOL2 - SOLF - SOLB2

The dimension Y varies depending on the setting of the wall profile between 47 and 64 mm.

EPB PROFILE FOR INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR - SOL2 - SOLF - SOLB2 SOLT1,SOL1 SOLT2, SOL13, SOLF13

Dimensions in mm. SOLT1 - SOLT2

SOLT1 - SOLT2

SOL1, SOL2, SOLF, SOLB2

173

174

SOLINO M SOLINO M

BARRIER-FREE SHOWERS

SOLINO M shower wall series offers people with disabilities or restricted mobility a barrier-free shower. Smooth running pivot doors can be opened both inside and outside and offer a higher user comfort. This can also be found in the atypical door height of 980 mm as well as the ergonomic positioning of the handles, thereby the use of the shower is also facilitated. Door widths of up to 1400 mm enable realization of exceptionally spacious shower areas at full stability and functionality of the shower. All SOLINO M models are made of 6 mm safety glass and standardly with the AQUAPERLE anti-plaque coating which ensures dirt deposits reduction. SOLINO M is the series which provides the user a comprehensive comfort and offers a lot of freedom of movement.

Available door and side panel versions:

175

SOLINO M

Standard 980 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Standard 1984mm

Maximum 1000 mm



SOM1D + SOMT1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

SOM1D | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 176

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOM1 G 080 50 07 = SOLINO M pivot door (half height), hinges on the left, height 980 mm, width 800 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOM1 | PIVOT DOOR (HALF HEIGHT)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | door opens outside by default | outside and inside with optional accessories | magnetic seal (except door in niche) | water deflector strip Model

Hinges

Width

Colour

Dimension

50=high-gloss silver

Glass

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

800 900 1000

698 798 898

980 980 980

SOM1 SOM1 SOM1

x x x

080 090 100

50 50 50

07 07 07

to door width

980

SOM1

SM1

Glass

G=left D=right

07=TSG clear

Special dimensions 800 - 1000

SOM1D SOLINO M

Standard dimensions 1)

SOMT1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

SOM1D

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

50=high-gloss silver

07=TSG clear

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984

SOMT1 SOMT1 SOMT1 SOMT1 SOMT1 SOMT1

070 075 080 090 100 120

50 50 50 50 50 50

07 07 07 07 07 07

SOM1D + V2.SOM.50

1984

SOMT1

SM1

Special dimensions 300 - 1200

SOM1G + SOMT1

EXTRAS Mounting kit for door opening inside and outside for door in niche Mounting kit for door opening inside and outside for corner entrance

high-gloss silver (50)

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

V2.SOM.50 V3.SOM

SOM1G + SOMT1

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-7 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

783-800 883-900 983-1000 -

683-700 733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1183-1200

768 868 968 -

668 718 768 868 968 1168

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

958-975

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

SOM1G + SOMT1 + V3.SOM

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER

! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension can not be withdrawn.

177

SOLINO M

Standard 980 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Standard 1984mm

Maximum 1000 mm

SOMF1D + SOMT1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

 Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

SOMF1D | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 178

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOMF1 G 080 50 07 = S OLINO M bifold door (half height), hinges on the left, width 800 mm, height 980 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOMF1 | BIFOLD DOOR (HALF HEIGHT)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside 90° | magnetic seal | water deflector strip Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Hinges

Width

Colour

Dimension

50=high-gloss silver

Glass 1

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

800 900 1000

698 798 898

980 980 980

SOMF1 SOMF1 SOMF1

x x x

080 090 100

50 50 50

07 07 07

to door width

980

SOMF1

SM1

Glass

G=left D=right

07=TSG clear

Special dimensions SOMF1D SOLINO M

800 - 1000

SOMT1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

50=high-gloss silver

07=TSG clear

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984

SOMT1 SOMT1 SOMT1 SOMT1 SOMT1 SOMT1

070 075 080 090 100 120

50 50 50 50 50 50

07 07 07 07 07 07

1984

SOMT1

SM1

Special dimensions 300 - 1200

SOMF1G + SOMT1

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-7 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

783-800 883-900 983-1000 -

683-700 733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1183-1200

768 868 968 -

668 718 768 868 968 1168

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

958-975

965

Special dimensions e.g.: 965

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER

! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension can not be withdrawn.

179

SOLINO M

Standard 980 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Standard 1984mm

Maximum 1400 mm

SOMF13D + SOMT1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

 Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

SOMF13D | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 180

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOMF13 G 100 50 07 = S OLINO M bifold swing door with fixed panel (half height), hinges on the left, width 1000 mm, height 980 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOMF13 | BIFOLD SWING DOOR WITH FIXED PANEL (HALF HEIGHT)

Hinges

Width

Colour

Dimension

50=high-gloss silver

Glass

Width

Width fixed panel

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

1000 1200 1400

650 800 936

610 660 898

350 400 464

980 980 980

SOMF13 SOMF13 SOMF13

x x x

100 120 140

50 50 50

07 07 07

980

SOMF13

SM1

Glass

G=left D=right

07=TSG clear

Special dimensions 2) 1000-1400

to door width

SOMF13D SOLINO M

Standard dimensions 1)

SOMT1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

50=high-gloss silver

07=TSG clear

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

1984 1984 1984 1984 1984 1984

SOMT1 SOMT1 SOMT1 SOMT1 SOMT1 SOMT1

070 075 080 090 100 120

50 50 50 50 50 50

07 07 07 07 07 07

1984

SOMT1

SM1

SOMF13G + SOMT1

Special dimensions 300 - 1200

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-17 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-7 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +10 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

983-1000 1183-1200 1383-1400

683-700 733-750 783-800 883-900 983-1000 1183-1200

968 1168 1368

668 718 768 868 968 1168 -

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

1058-1075

1065

Special dimensions e.g.: 1065

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension can not be withdrawn.

181

SOLINO M

Standard 980 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

 Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

SME1 G+D | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

SMEF1 G+D | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 182

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SMEF1 G 080 50 07 = S OLINO M Corner entry 1 pc. (swing doors - half elements), hinges on the left, width 800 mm, height 980 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SME1 G+D | CORNER ENTRY 1 PC. (SWING DOORS - HALF ELEMENTS)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside 90° | magnetic seal | water deflector strip Standard dimensions 1) 2) - PRICE PER ELEMENT

Model

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

800 900 1000

985 1125 1270

980 980 980

SME1 SME1 SME1

980

SME1

Hinges

Width

Colour

Glass

Dimension

50=high-gloss silver

x x x

080 090 100

50 50 50

07 07 07

SM1

G=left D=right

07=TSG clear

Special dimensions 1) to door width

SME1G + SME1D SOLINO M

800 - 1000

SMEF1 G+D | CORNER ENTRY 2-PCS. (BIFOLD SWING DOORS, HALF HEIGHT)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside 90° | magnetic seal | water deflector strip Standard dimensions 1) 2) - PRICE PER ELEMENT

Model

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

800 900 1000

985 1125 1270

980 980 980

SMEF1 SMEF1 SMEF1

980

SMEF1

Hinges

Width

Colour

Dimension

50=high-gloss silver

x x x

080 090 100

50 50 50

07 07 07

SM1

G=left D=right

Glass 07=TSG clear

SMEF1G + SMEF1D

Special dimensions 1) 800 - 1000

to door width

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-17 mm; +0 mm)

Corner entry (-7 mm; +10 mm)

800 900 1000

783-800 883-900 983-1000

768 868 968

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

858-875

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

COMMENT

! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension can not be withdrawn.

183

SOLINO M

Standard 980 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

 Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

184

SMEF13 G+D | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SMEF13 G 100 50 07 = S OLINO M Corner entry 2-pcs. (bifold swing doors with fixed panels, half height), hinges on the left, width 1000 mm, height 980 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SMEF13 G+D | CORNER ENTRY 2-PCS. (BIFOLD SWING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS, HALF HEIGHT) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside 90° | magnetic seal | water deflector strip Standard dimensions 1) 2) - PRICE PER ELEMENT

Model

Hinges

Width

Colour

Glass 1

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

1000 1200 1400

650 800 936

865 1075 1270

350 400 464

980 980 980

SMEF13 SMEF13 SMEF13

980

SMEF13

G=left D=right

Dimension

50=high-gloss silver

07=TSG clear

x x x

100 120 140

50 50 50

07 07 07

SM1

Special dimensions 1) 3) 1000-1400

to door width

SMEF13G + SMEF13D

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-17 mm; +0 mm)

Corner entry (-7 mm; +10 mm)

1000 1200 1400

983-1000 1183-1200 1383-1400

968 1168 1368

(-7 mm; +10 mm)

1058-1075

1065

Special dimensions e.g.: 1065

COMMENT

1) - A CORNER ENTRY ALWAYS CONSISTS OF TWO PARTS (RIFTH/LEFT), PLEASE CONSIDER WHEN ORDERING. EXAMPLE: COMPLETE SHOWER ENCLOSURE 800 X 800 IN HIGH-GLOSS SILVER (50), TSG CLEAR (07) CONSISTS OF 1X SMEF13G1005007 + 1X SMEF13D1005007. 2) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 3) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension can not be withdrawn.

185

SOLINO M

Width

Width fixed panel

SOLINO M | TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN

DESIGN Ergonomically designed handles • Modern handle for bifold swing door (1)

Stabilization • The chrome-plated corner stabilizer (2) (standard scope of supply) • Optional stabilizer bars for increased stability of the shower enclosure (3)

|1|

|2|

|3|

|4|

|5|

|6|

|7|

TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES Integrated lift and lower mechanism (4-5) • Prevents premature wear of the seal below the door

Wall connection profile (6-7) • Compact wall connection profile for a simplified assembly“ • Adjustment range up to 20 mm • Chrome-plated cover caps

Water tight-ness • The water deflector strip (8) for optimal tightness is included as standard.

186

|8|

SOLINO M | TECHNICAL INFORMATION

DOOR + SIDE PANEL - INSTALLATION ON SHOWER TRAY

SOLINO M

A | dimensions measured from the tiled wall to the outer edge of the shower tray.

For the installation on a shower tray the withdrawal of 9 mm is constant for all models.

INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Width A = Middle of glass Standard width SOM1, SOMF1, SOMF13, SOMT1

A | Measure from the tiled wall to the outer edge of the shower tray

Tiling dimensions for installation of standard product dimensions on the floor:

When deviating from the tiling dimensions mentioned in the table above, a special dimension must be produced.

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

668 718 768 868 968 1168 1368

The actual width of the shower enclosure corresponds to the width A: Tolerance -7 mm to+ +10 mm.

Constant*

Dimension X

Folding in dimension

800 900 1000 1200 1400

9 + 27 9 + 27 9 + 27 9 + 27 9 + 27

365 415 465 565 765

401 451 501 601 801

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded.

The dimension Y varies depending on the setting of the wall profile between 44 and 85 mm.

187

188

TOP-LINE S COMFORT & STYLE

Products of the TOP-LINE S model range represent the original solution and the maximum comfort in design of bathrooms. The frameless solution of sliding doors, or absence of the lower profile, provides barrier-free access to a shower enclosure, where standard height of 2000 mm considerably increases its comfort. TOP-LINE S

The TOP-LINE S model range offers a wide selection of profiles and glass, high-quality materials and actual design at an affordable price. Sliding doors can be easily folded down, which makes cleaning much easier. All glass surfaces come standard with Aquaperle glass coating.

Available door and side panel versions:

189

TOP-LINE S

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

TLSP + TOPF2 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

TLSP + TOPF2 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06) All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07).



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

TLSP | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 190

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: TLSP 070 01 07 = TOP-LINE S swing door 1 pc., width 700 mm, height 2000 mm, matt silver, TSG clear TLSP | SWING DOOR 1 PC.

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal | chrome-plastic parts and handle for all profile colors, except for the BLACK LINE collection Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour 5)

Glass

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 6) 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000

564 614 664 764 864

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

TLSP TLSP TLSP TLSP TLSP

070 075 080 090 100

xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000 up to 2000

TLSP TLSP

SM1 SM2

xx xx

30=Master Carré 51= Screenprinted band

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

Special dimensions 1) 2) 600 - 800 801 - 1000

All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07)

TLSP

to door width to door width

TOPF2 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° (ONLY FOR COMBINATION WITH DOOR) tempered safety glass 6 mm

Model

Width

Colour 5)

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 6) 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2

070 075 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000 up to 2000

TOPF2 TOPF2

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

30=Master Carré 51= Screenprinted band

TOP-LINE S

Standard dimensions 1) 3)

TLSP + TOPF2

Special dimensions 1) 2) 4) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE PANELS Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-25 mm; +25 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-25 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-25 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-10 mm; +15 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

675-725 725-775 775-825 875-925 975-1025 -

675-700 725-750 775-800 875-900 975-1000 -

675-700 725-750 775-800 875-900 975-1000 1175-1200 1375-1400

673 723 773 873 973 -

673 723 773 873 973 1173 1373

(-25 mm; +25 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

840-890

855-880

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

TLSP + TOPF2SM

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 27 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +15 MM).SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - IMPORTANT NOTE: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL OF TOP-LINE IS ALWAYS SEATED ON THE BATH TUB/SOCKET. 5) - TOP-LINE S SERIES PRODUCTS CAN ALSO BE AVAILABLE IN SANITARY COLOR (SF), SEE PAGE 16 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6) - ALL BLACK LINE SHOWER ENCLOSURES ARE AVAILABLE ONLY WITH CLEAR GLASS (07) ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

191

TOP-LINE S

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1800 mm

TLS2G + TOPF2 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

TLS2D + TOPF2 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06) All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07).



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

TLS2G | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 192

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: TLS2 G 120 01 07 = TOP-LINE S sliding door 1 pc. with fixed panel in line, left fixed side, width 1200 mm, height 2000 mm, matt silver, TSG clear TLS2 | SLIDING DOOR 1 PC. WITH FIXED PANEL IN LINE

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | magnetic seal | 10 mm water deflector strip | chrome-plastic parts and handle for all profile colors, except for the BLACK LINE collection Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Side fixed panel

Width

Colour 5)

Glass

Width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 6) 50=high-gloss silver

1000 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600

395 495 545 595 645 695

482 582 632 682 732 782

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

TLS2 TLS2 TLS2 TLS2 TLS2 TLS2

x x x x x x

100 120 130 140 150 160

xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000

TLS2

SM1

Special dimensions 1000 - 1800

All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07)

30=Master Carré 51= Screenprinted band

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

TLS2D

1) 2)

to door width

TOPF2 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° (ONLY FOR COMBINATION WITH DOOR) tempered safety glass 6 mm

Model

Width

Colour 5)

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 6) 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2

070 075 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000 up to 2000

TOPF2 TOPF2

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

30=Master Carré 51= Screenprinted band

TOP-LINE S

Standard dimensions 1) 3)

TOPF2 + TLS2D

Special dimensions 1) 2) 4) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE PANELS Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-25 mm; +25 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-25 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-25 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-10 mm; +15 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600

975-1025 1175-1225 1275-1325 1375-1425 1475-1525 1575-1625

975-1000 1175-1200 1275-1300 1375-1400 1475-1500 1575-1600

675-700 725-750 775-800 875-900 975-1000 1175-1200 1375-1400 -

973 1173 1273 1373 1473 1573

673 723 773 873 973 1173 1373 -

(-25 mm; +25 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

1200-1250

1215-1240

1225

Special dimensions e.g.: 1225

TLS2D + TOPF2SM

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - I F INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 27 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +15 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - IMPORTANT NOTE: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL OF TOP-LINE IS ALWAYS SEATED ON THE BATH TUB/SOCKET. 5) - TOP-LINE S SERIES PRODUCTS CAN ALSO BE AVAILABLE IN SANITARY COLOR (SF), SEE PAGE 16 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6) - ALL BLACK LINE SHOWER ENCLOSURES ARE AVAILABLE ONLY WITH CLEAR GLASS (07) ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

193

TOP-LINE S

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1800 mm

TLS4 + TOPF2 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

TLS4 + TOPF2 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06) All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07).



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

TLS4 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 194

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: TLS4 120 01 07 = TOP-LINE S sliding door 2 pcs. with fixed panels in line, width 1200 mm, height 2000 mm, matt silver, TSG clear TLS4 | SLIDING DOOR 2 PCS. WITH FIXED PANELS IN LINE

Model

Width

Colour 5)

All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07)

Glass

Width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 6) 50=high-gloss silver

1200 1400 1600

456 556 656

312 362 412

2000 2000 2000

TLS4 TLS4 TLS4

120 140 160

xx xx xx

up to 2000

TLS4

SM1

TLS4

30=Master Carré 51= Screenprinted band

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

Special dimensions 1) 2) 1000 - 1800

to door width

TOPF2 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° (ONLY FOR COMBINATION WITH DOOR) tempered safety glass 6 mm

Model

Width

Colour 5)

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 6) 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2

070 075 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000 up to 2000

TOPF2 TOPF2

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

TLS4 + TOPF2

Special dimensions 1) 2) 4) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE PANELS Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-25 mm; +25 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-25 mm; 0 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-25 mm; 0 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-10 mm; +15 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600

1175-1225 1375-1425 1575-1625

1175-1200 1375-1400 1575-1600

675-700 725-750 775-800 875-900 975-1000 1175-1200 1375-1400 -

1173 1373 1573

673 723 773 873 973 1173 1373 -

(-25 mm; +25 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

1200-1250

1215-1240

1225

Special dimensions e.g.: 1225

TLS4 + TOPF2SM

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - I F INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 27 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +15 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - IMPORTANT NOTE: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL OF TOP-LINE IS ALWAYS SEATED ON THE BATH TUB/SOCKET. 5) - TOP-LINE S SERIES PRODUCTS CAN ALSO BE AVAILABLE IN SANITARY COLOR (SF), SEE PAGE 16 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6) - ALL BLACK LINE SHOWER ENCLOSURES ARE AVAILABLE ONLY WITH CLEAR GLASS (07) ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

195

TOP-LINE S

Standard dimensions 1) 3)

TOP-LINE S

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

TLSAC | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06) All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07).



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

196

TLSAC | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: TLSAC 070 01 07 = T OP-LINE S corner entry 2 pcs. (sliding doors with fixed panels) - without lower frame profile, complete shower enclosure, width 700 mm, height 2000 mm, matt silver, TSG clear TLSAC | CORNER ENTRY 2 PCS. (SLIDING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS) - WITHOUT LOWER FRAME PROFILE tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | magnetic seal | 10 mm water deflector strip | chrome-plastic parts and handle for all profile colors, except for the BLACK LINE collection

SYMMETRIC INSTALLATION - COMPLETE SHOWER ENCLOSURE Standard dimensions 1) 3) 4)

Model

Width

Colour 5)

Width

Entry width

Width fixed panel

Height

Reference

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 6) 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000

359 429 499 569

344 394 444 494

2000 2000 2000 2000

TLSAC TLSAC TLSAC TLSAC

070 080 090 100

xx xx xx xx

All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07)

Glass 07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

30=Master Carré 51= Screenprinted band

xx xx xx xx

TLSAC

ASYMMETRIC INSTALLATION - PRICE PER SIDE ELEMENT (RIGHT AND LEFT PARTS MUST BE ORDERED) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | magnetic seal | 10 mm water deflector strip Model

Width

Width fixed panel

Height

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

334 359 384 434 484 584

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

1) 2) 4)

- PRICE PER ELEMENT

Special dimensions 600-900 901-1200

to door width to door width

Side

G=left Reference D=right

up to 2000 up to 2000

Width

Colour 5)

01=matt silver 04=white Dimension 06=matt black 6) 50=high-gloss silver

Glass 07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

TLS TLS TLS TLS TLS TLS

x x x x x x

070 075 080 090 100 120

xx xx xx xx xx xx

TLS TLS

x x

SM1 SM2

xx xx

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

1 + 2

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Corner entry (-25 mm; +0 mm)

Corner entry (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

675-700 725-750 775-800 875-900 975-1000 1175-1200

673 723 773 873 973 1173

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

855-880

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

30=Master Carré 51= Screenprinted band

2 TOP-LINE S

Standard dimensions 1) 3) 4) - PRICE PER ELEMENT

TLSG + TLSD

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 27 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +15 MM).SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - A CORNER ENTRY ALWAYS CONSISTS OF TWO PARTS (RIFTH/LEFT), PLEASE CONSIDER WHEN ORDERING. 5) - TOP-LINE S SERIES PRODUCTS CAN ALSO BE AVAILABLE IN SANITARY COLOR (SF), SEE PAGE 16 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6) - ALL BLACK LINE SHOWER ENCLOSURES ARE AVAILABLE ONLY WITH CLEAR GLASS (07) ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

197

TOP-LINE S

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

TLSR | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06) All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07).



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

198

TLSR | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: TLSR 55 080 01 07 = T OP-LINE S round shower enclosure (doors with fixed panels), radius 550 mm, width 800 mm, height 2000 mm, matt silver, TSG clear TLSR | ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE (SLIDING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS)

Entry width

Width fixed panel B

Height

Reference

800 900 1000

401 557 579

258 358 458

2000 2000 2000

TLSR TLSR TLSR

2000

TLSR

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 6) 50=high-gloss silver

55 55 55

080 090 100

xx xx xx

07 07 07

SM1

55=550 mm

All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07)

07=TSG clear

Special dimensions 1) 2) 4) 5) 800-1200

to door width

TLSR

TOP-LINE S

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Round shower enclosure (-25 mm; 0 mm)

Round shower enclosure (-10 mm; +15 mm)

800 900 1000

775-800 875-900 975-1000

773 873 973

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

855-880

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 2) - IN THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 27 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +15 MM).SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - THE WIDTH OF DOOR WINGS CANNOT BE CHANGED (EVEN FOR SPECIAL VERSIONS), ONLY THE WIDTH OF THE FIXED PART CAN BE CHANGED. 5) - FOR ASYMMETRIC INSTALLATION PLEASE ADD THE WIDTH OF RIGHT AND LEFT PARTS 6) - ALL BLACK LINE SHOWER ENCLOSURES ARE AVAILABLE ONLY WITH CLEAR GLASS (07) ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

199

TOP-LINE S | TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES AND ADJUSTMENT POSSIBILITIES Wall compensation • Up to 25 mm adjustment range • No drilling necessary • Fixing with a securing screw after installation

Door stopper • Enables soft door closing without loud slamming

Simple clip connection for the door and side panel • Absolutely watertight and elegant connection without bores or screws • Suitable for floor-level installation

Double rollers • Enabling the sliding door to glide quietly

200

EASY TO CLEAN SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM Removable sliding doors and low water deflector strip • Element can be folded away easily by means of a slight finger pressure • Easy and fast cleaning • Low water deflector strip for nearly barrier-free access

ATTRACTIVE DESIGN |4|

Handles • chrome-plated slim rectangular handles (3)

TOP-LINE S

|3|

High quality in great detail • The striking corner connection underlines the high-quality overall impression of the TOP-LINE S models in detail (4)

|5|

Contemporary profile shape • Flat profile shapes (in the picture the chrome-plated wallconnecting profile (5)

201

TOP-LINE S | TECHNICAL INFORMATION

DOOR + SIDE PANEL, CORNER ENTRY - INSTALLATION ON THE SHOWER TRAY A | The distance measured from the wall to the outer boundary of the tray (due to the need for displacement, the shower enclosure should always be smaller than the stated nominal size of the product)

For the installation on a shower tray the withdrawal „R“ depends on the radius of the edge of the shower tray for both standard and special dimensions.

DOOR + SIDE PANEL, CORNER ENTRY - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Tiling dimensions for installation of standard product dimensions on the floor

A | Dimensions measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the horizontal profile.

The standard dimensions of the shower enclosure can only be used if the construction readiness of the pavement corresponds to width A in the tables on the right (taking into account the tolerance), otherwise a special dimension is required.

202

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded.

Standard width

Width A = Middle of glass/profile

750

723

800

773

900

873

1000

973

1200

1173

1300

1273

1400

1373

1500

1473

1600

1573

The actual width of the shower enclosure corresponds to the width A (mid-glass/profile) with tolerances -10 mm to +15 mm

ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Tiling dimensions for installation of standard product dimensions on the floor Door radius 550 mm Standard width

A | Dimension measured from the tiled wall to the glass mid-point.

B A

Width A Width B = Middle of glass for radius 550

800 773 x 773 235 900 873 x 873 335 1000 973 x 973 435 R538: R adius in the middle of the horizontal profile of door 550

The actual width of the shower enclosure corresponds to the width A (mid-glass) with tolerances -10 mm to +15 mm

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded.

WALL PROFILE 80301

ANGLE PROFILE WTT3 (40262 + 80263)

FOR FIXING DOORS / SIDE WALLS AT AN ANGLE OF 0 TO 90 °

TOP-LINE S

The standard dimensions of the shower enclosure can only be used if the construction readiness of the pavement corresponds to width A in the table on the right (taking into account the tolerance), otherwise a special dimension is required.

203

204

DIVERA SWING DOORS

Our DIVERA shower enclosures are designed with quality and adaptability spirit. These doors combine comfort and simplicity and meet the most common needs. Entirely modular and very functional, the DIVERA range is the result of the latest SanSwiss innovation. In a corner, in niche or in front of a wall, DIVERA shower enclosures bring all the elegance to your bathroom and adapt to all configurations.

DIVERA

Its ergonomic handles favor the grip for maximum comfort. The Aquaperle coating facilitates the cleaning.

Swing doors �� 206-227 Sliding doors �� 228-247 Side panels �� 248-255 Walk-in �� 292-301

Available door and side panel versions:

205

DIVERA - SWING DOOR | EXAMPLES OF INDIVIDUAL SOLUTIONS

D22T13 + D22F1SM + 2x Z.AUS.001 Swing door 1 pc. with fixed panel in line + side panel at 90° with bevel / cut-out

D22T1 + Z.AUS.001 Swing door in niche with bevel cut

206

DIVERA | U-MONTAGE

DIVERA

D22F1 + D22T31 + D22F1 + D22FPG Swing door with fixed panel in a straight line + 2x side panels at 90° - U-montage (door in front)

D22T2 + D22F1 + D22F3 Swing door 2 pcs. + 2x side panels at 90° - U-montage (door on the side) TO INCREASE THE STABILITY DURING U-MOUNTING, A STABILIZER BAR MUST BE MOUNTED IN THE CORNER. We recommend that you ask our sales team for a detailed price quote with accompanying drawings and technical specifications. 207

DIVERA - SWING DOOR | TECHNOLOGY & DESIGN DESIGN Ergonomic handle

Stabilization • The included corner stabilizer bar, which the length is adapted to the dimensions of the side panel, provides very high stability.

Inside view

208

THE TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES Wall mounting • Up to 60 mm adjustment range • Chrome covers for an elegant finition

DIVERA

Waterproofing • The discreet threshold profile (15 mm) included for better sealing.

Simple clip connection for the door and side panel • Absolutely watertight and elegant connection without bores or screws

209

DIVERA - SWING DOOR POSSIBLE COMBINATIONS

+ IN-LINE MOUNTING

D22T1

D22T13 | PAGES 214-215

= D22T1

D22T31 | PAGES 216-217

D22FF

D22T2

CORNER MOUNTING

+ D22DE2B swing doors

+ 2x D22FF

210

D22T32 | PAGES 220-221

D22DE2B | PAGES 222-223

= D22ERB swing doors

D22ERB | PAGES 224-225

LARGE WIDTH

IN-LINE MOUNTING

+ D22T1

D22FF + D22T1 + D22FF | PAGES 212-213, 250-251

2x D22FF D22T2

D22FF + D22T2 + D22FF | PAGES 218-219, 250-251

DIVERA

ALL DIVERA DOORS CAN BE COMBINED WITH THE COMPLEMENTARY FIXED PANEL IN LINE D22FF (PAGES 250-251) AND WITH THE FIXED PANEL D22F1 (PAGES 252-253).

1x D22T2 + 2x D22FF + 1x D22F1

211

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

D22T1 + D22F1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

D22T1 + D22F1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D22T1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 212

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22T1 070 50 07 = DIVERA swing door 1 pc., width 700 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22T1 | SWING DOOR 1 PC.

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal | 15 mm water deflector strip | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000

530 630 730 830

2000 2000 2000 2000

D22T1 D22T1 D22T1 D22T1

070 080 090 100

xx xx xx xx

up to 2000

D22T1

SM1

87=Screen 88=White lines

07=TSG clear

Special dimensions 2) 500-1000

to door width

D22T1

D22F1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° 4)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1

070 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

Special dimensions (side panel and door have the same height) 2) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

D22F1 D22F1

up to 2000 up to 2000

Special dimensions SHORT SIDE PANEL (side panel and door with different height) 2) 6) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1V D22F1V

SM1 SM2

xx xx

D22T1 + D22F1

D22F3 | COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL AT 90° 5) - MORE INFORMATION ON PAGES 254-255 tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES AD221.50.2000 / AD221.06.2000 AD221.50.SM1 / AD221.06.SM1 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

Extension profile 25 mm for doors (except D22K, and D22S3) and side panel Corner stabilizer bar wall-glass Corner stabilizer bar glass-glass

(high-gloss silver / matt black, height 2000 mm) (high-gloss silver / matt black, height up to 2000 mm) (chrome / matt black, length 500 mm, can be shorted) (chrome / matt black, length 500 mm, can be shorted)

D22T1 + D22F1VSM U-Mounting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-40 mm; +20 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-10 mm; +20 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

660-720 760-820 860-920 960-1020 -

680-710 780-810 880-910 980-1010 -

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

674 774 874 974 -

668 768 868 968 1168 1368

(-20 mm; +40 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

845-905

855-885

855-880

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

D22T1 + D22F1 + D22F3 + D22EV1 + D22EV2

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - A CTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 26 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +20 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL D22F3 (SEE PAGES 254-255). 5) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH D22F1 FIELD FOR U-MOUNTING (SEE PAGES 252-253). 6) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

213

DIVERA

EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE PANELS

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1600 mm

D22T13 + D22F1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

D22T13 + D22F1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D22T13 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 214

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22T13 070 20 50 07 = D IVERA swing door 1 pc. with fixed panel in line, width door 700 mm, width fixed panel in line 200 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22T13 | SWING DOOR 1 PC. WITH FIXED PANEL IN LINE

Entry width

Width Width Height door fix. panel

Reference

Dimension

530 530 630 530 630 730 530 630 730 830 530 630 730 830 630 730 830 730 830 830

700 700 800 700 800 900 700 800 900 1000 700 800 900 1000 800 900 1000 900 1000 1000

2000

D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13 D22T13

070 070 080 070 080 090 070 080 090 100 070 080 090 100 080 090 100 090 100 100

up to 2000

D22T13

900 1000 1100

1200

1300

1400 1500 1600

200 300 200 400 300 200 500 400 300 200 600 500 400 300 600 500 400 600 500 600

2000 2000 2000

2000

2000 2000

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

20 30 20 40 30 20 50 40 30 20 60 50 40 30 60 50 40 60 50 60

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

Special dimensions 2) 900-1600

to door width

SM1

D22T13

D22T13 + D22F1

D22F1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° 1) 3) 4) 6) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating - MORE INFORMATION ON PAGES 252-253 D22F3 | COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL AT 90° 5) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating - MORE INFORMATION ON PAGES 254-255 Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES

Extension profile 25 mm for doors (except D22K, and D22S3) and side panel Fixed part to the corner bars for mounting on glass Corner stabilizer bar wall-glass Corner stabilizer bar glass-glass

AD221.50.2000 / AD221.06.2000 AD221.50.SM1 / AD221.06.SM1 D22FPG.10 / D22FPG.06 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

(high-gloss silver / matt black, height 2000 mm) (high-gloss silver / matt black, height up to 2000 mm) (chrome / matt black) (chrome / matt black, length 500 mm, can be shorted) (chrome / matt black, length 500 mm, can be shorted)

D22T13 + D22F1VSM U-Mounting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-40 mm; +20 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-10 mm; +20 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600

860-920 960-1020 1060-1120 1160-1220 1260-1320 1360-1420 1460-1520 1560-1620

880-910 980-1010 1080-1110 1180-1210 1280-1310 1380-1410 1480-1510 1580-1610

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405 -

874 974 1074 1174 1274 1374 1474 1574

668 768 868 968 1168 1368 -

(-20 mm; +40 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

845-905

855-885

855-880

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

2x D22F1 + D22T13 + D22FPG + 2x D22EV1 U-Mounting

D22T13 + D22F1 + D22F3 + D22EV1 + D22EV2

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 26 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +20 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL D22F3 (SEE PAGES 254-255). 5) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH D22F1 FIELD FOR U-MOUNTING (SEE PAGES 252-253). 6) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

215

DIVERA

EXTRAS

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1600 mm

D22T31 + D22F1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

D22T31 + D22F1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D22T31 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 216

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22T31 070 20 50 07 = D IVERA swing door 1 pc. with fixed panel in a straight line, width door 700 mm, width fixed panel in line 200 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22T31 | SWING DOOR 1 PC. WITH FIXED PANEL IN A STRAIGHT LINE

Reference

Dimension

530 530 630 530 630 730 530 630 730 830 530 630 730 830 630 730 830 730 830 830

700 700 800 700 800 900 700 800 900 1000 700 800 900 1000 800 900 1000 900 1000 1000

2000

D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31 D22T31

070 070 080 070 080 090 070 080 090 100 070 080 090 100 080 090 100 090 100 100

up to 2000

D22T31

900 1000 1100

1200

1300

1400 1500 1600

200 300 200 400 300 200 500 400 300 200 600 500 400 300 600 500 400 600 500 600

2000 2000 2000

2000

2000 2000

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

20 30 20 40 30 20 50 40 30 20 60 50 40 30 60 50 40 60 50 60

07=TSG clear

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

Special dimensions 2) 900-1600

to door width

SM1

ACCESSORIES

Extension profile 25 mm for doors (except D22K, and D22S3) and side panel Fixed part to the corner bars for mounting on glass Corner stabilizer bar wall-glass Corner stabilizer bar glass-glass

87=Screen 88=White lines

D22T31

D22T31 + D22F1

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

D22T31 + D22F1VSM + D22FPG

AD221.50.2000 / AD221.06.2000 AD221.50.SM1 / AD221.06.SM1 D22FPG.10 / D22FPG.06 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

U-Mounting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-40 mm; +20 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-10 mm; +20 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600

860-920 960-1020 1060-1120 1160-1220 1260-1320 1360-1420 1460-1520 1560-1620

880-910 980-1010 1080-1110 1180-1210 1280-1310 1380-1410 1480-1510 1580-1610

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405 -

874 974 1074 1174 1274 1374 1474 1574

668 768 868 968 1168 1368 -

(-20 mm; +40 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

845-905

855-885

855-880

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

2x D22F1 + D22T31 + D22FPG + 2x D22EV1 U-Mounting

D22T31 + D22F1 + D22F3 + D22EV1 + D22EV2

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - A CTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 26 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +20 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL D22F3 (SEE PAGES 254-255). 5) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH D22F1 FIELD FOR U-MOUNTING (SEE PAGES 252-253). 6) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

217

DIVERA

Width

Entry width

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

D22T2 + D22F1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

D22T2 + D22F1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D22T2 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 218

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22T2 070 50 07 = DIVERA swing doors 2-pcs., width 700 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22T2 | SWING DOORS 2-PCS.

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | opening inside and outside | magnetic seal | 15 mm water deflector strip | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000 1200

505 605 705 805 1005

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22T2 D22T2 D22T2 D22T2 D22T2

070 080 090 100 120

xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22T2 D22T2

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

87=Screen 88=White lines

07=TSG clear

Special dimensions 2) 600-900 901-1200

to door width to door width

D22T2

D22F1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° 4)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1

070 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

Special dimensions (side panel and door have the same height) 2) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1 D22F1

D22T2 + D22F1

Special dimensions SHORT SIDE PANEL (side panel and door with different height) 2) 6) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1V D22F1V

SM1 SM2

xx xx

EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE PANELS Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES

D22T2 + D22F1VSM U-Mounting

AD221.50.2000 / AD221.06.2000 AD221.50.SM1 / AD221.06.SM1 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

Extension profile 25 mm for doors (except D22K, and D22S3) and side panel Corner stabilizer bar wall-glass Corner stabilizer bar glass-glass

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-40 mm; +20 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-10 mm; +20 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

660-720 760-820 860-920 960-1020 1160-1220 -

680-710 780-810 880-910 980-1010 1180-1210 -

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

674 774 874 974 1174 -

668 768 868 968 1168 1368

(-20 mm; +40 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

845-905

855-885

855-880

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

D22T2 + D22F1 + D22F3 + D22EV1 + D22EV2 U-Mounting

2x D22F1 + D22T2 + 2x D22EV1

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 26 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +20 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL D22F3 (SEE PAGES 254-255). 5) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH D22F1 FIELD FOR U-MOUNTING (SEE PAGES 252-253). 6) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

219

DIVERA

D22F3 | COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL AT 90° 5) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating - MORE INFORMATION ON PAGES 254-255

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1800 mm

D22T32 + D22F1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

D22T32 + D22F1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D22T32 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 220

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22T32 070 20 50 07 = D IVERA swing doors 2-pcs. with fixed panel in line, width door 700 mm, width fixed panel in line 200 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22T32 | SWING DOORS 2-PCS. WITH FIXED PANEL IN LINE

900 1000 1100

1200

1300

1400

1500 1600 1700 1800

Width Width Height door fix. panel

Reference

Dimension

504 504 604 504 604 704 504 604 704 804 504 604 704 804 604 704 804 1004 704 804 1004 804 1004 1004 1004

700 700 800 700 800 900 700 800 900 1000 700 800 900 1000 800 900 1000 1200 900 1000 1200 1000 1200 1200 1200

2000 2000

D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32 D22T32

070 070 080 070 080 090 070 080 090 100 070 080 090 100 080 090 100 120 090 100 120 100 120 120 120

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22T32 D22T32

Special dimensions 900-1500 1501-1800

200 300 200 400 300 200 500 400 300 200 600 500 400 300 600 500 400 200 600 500 300 600 400 500 600

2000 2000 2000

2000

2000 2000

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

20 30 20 40 30 20 50 40 30 20 60 50 40 30 60 50 40 20 60 50 30 60 40 50 60

07=TSG clear

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

SM1 SM2

D22F1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° 1) 3) 4) 6) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating - MORE INFORMATION ON PAGES 252-253 D22F3 | COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL AT 90° 5) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating - MORE INFORMATION ON PAGES 254-255 EXTRAS ONLY FOR FIXED PANEL AND SIDE PANEL AT 90° Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES

Extension profile 25 mm for doors (except D22K, and D22S3) and side panel Fixed part to the corner bars for mounting on glass Corner stabilizer bar wall-glass Corner stabilizer bar glass-glass

AD221.50.2000 / AD221.06.2000 AD221.50.SM1 / AD221.06.SM1 D22FPG.10 / D22FPG.06 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

D22T32 + D22F1

Width

Door in niche (-40 mm; +20 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-10 mm; +20 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800

860-920 960-1020 1060-1120 1160-1220 1260-1320 1360-1420 1460-1520 1560-1620 1660-1720 1760-1820

880-910 980-1010 1080-1110 1180-1210 1280-1310 1380-1410 1480-1510 1580-1610 1680-1710 1780-1810

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405 -

874 974 1074 1174 1274 1374 1474 1574 1674 1774

668 768 868 968 1168 1368 -

(-20 mm; +40 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

845-905

855-885

855-880

865

D22T32 + D22F1VSM U-Mounting

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

e.g.: 865

D22T32

to door width to door width

Special dimensions

87=Screen 88=White lines

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

2x D22F1 + D22T32 + D22FPG + 2x D22EV1 U-Mounting

D22T32 + D22F1 + D22F3 + D22EV1 + D22EV2

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 26 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +20 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL D22F3 (SEE PAGES 254-255). 5) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH D22F1 FIELD FOR U-MOUNTING (SEE PAGES 252-253). 6) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

221

DIVERA

Width

Entry width

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

D22DE2B | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

222

D22DE2B | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22DE2B 080 50 07 = D IVERA corner entry 2-pcs. (swing doors with fixed panels), width 800 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22DE2B | CORNER ENTRY 2-PCS. (SWING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS)

SYMMETRICAL MOUNTING

Standard dimensions - PRICE FOR BOTH SIDES 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Width

Entry width

Width fix. panel B

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

800 900 1000 1100 1200

672 672 672 672 672

277 377 477 577 677

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22DE2B D22DE2B D22DE2B D22DE2B D22DE2B

080 090 100 110 120

xx xx xx xx xx

Glass 07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx

Width

900 x 800 1000 x 800 1100 x 800 1200 x 800 1000 x 900 1100 x 900 1200 x 900 1100 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1100

Reference

Dimension

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22DE2B D22DE2B D22DE2B D22DE2B D22DE2B D22DE2B D22DE2B D22DE2B D22DE2B D22DE2B

80 80 80 80 90 90 90 10 10 11

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

90 10 11 12 10 11 12 11 12 12

07=TSG clear

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

87=Screen 88=White lines

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

SYMMETRICAL OR ASYMMETRICAL MOUNTING

D22F1 + D22DE2B + D22FPG + D22EV1

Special dimensions 2) 4) 750-1200

to door width

up to 2000

D22DE2B

SM1

D22F1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° 1) 3) 4) 5) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating - MORE INFORMATION ON PAGES 252-253 EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE PANELS ACCESSORIES

Extension profile 25 mm for doors (except D22K, and D22S3) and side panel Fixed part to the corner bars for mounting on glass Corner stabilizer bar wall-glass Corner stabilizer bar glass-glass

AD221.50.2000 / AD221.06.2000 AD221.50.SM1 / AD221.06.SM1 D22FPG.10 / D22FPG.06 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Corner entry (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Corner entry (+ side panel at 90°) (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Corner entry (-10 mm; +20 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

780-810 880-910 980-1010 1080-1110 1180-1210 -

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

768 868 968 1068 1168 -

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

855-885

855-880

865

e.g.: 865

U-Mounting

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

Special dimensions

2 U-Mounting

DIVERA

800 x 900 800 x 1000 800 x 1100 800 x 1200 900 x 1000 900 x 1100 900 x 1200 1000 x 1100 1000 x 1200 1100 x 1200

Height

ASYMMETRICAL MOUNTING - ARTICLE NO. IS VALID FOR BOTH APPLICABLE OPTIONS OF DOOR WIDTHS Model Width Colour Glass Standard dimensions - PRICE FOR BOTH SIDES 1) 3)

D22F1VSM + D22DE2B + D22FPG + D22EV1

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +20 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - FOR THE ASYMMETRIC MOUNTING, PLEASE INDICATE THE WIDTH OF TWO SIDES WHEN ORDERING. 5) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

223

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

D22ERB | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

D22ERB | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

224

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22ERB 55 080 50 07 = D IVERA round shower enclosure (swing doors with fixed panels), radius 550 mm, width 800 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22ERB | ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE (SWING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS)

SYMMETRICAL MOUNTING

Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Radius

Width

Entry width

Width fix. panel B

Height

Reference 55=550 mm Dimension

800 900 1000 1100 1200

672 672 672 672 672

277 377 477 577 677

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22ERB D22ERB D22ERB D22ERB D22ERB

55 55 55 55 55

080 090 100 110 120

2000

D22ERB

SM1

Colour 06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

Glass 07=TSG clear

87=Screen

xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07

87 87 87 87 87

D22ERB

Special dimensions 2) 4) to door width

ASYMMETRICAL MOUNTING - ARTICLE NO. IS VALID FOR BOTH APPLICABLE OPTIONS OF WIDTHS Model Radius Width Colour Standard dimensions 1) 3)

800-1200

Glass

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22ERB D22ERB D22ERB D22ERB D22ERB D22ERB D22ERB D22ERB D22ERB D22ERB

900 x 800 1000 x 800 1100 x 800 1200 x 800 1000 x 900 1100 x 900 1200 x 900 1100 x 1000 1200 x 1000 1200 x 1100

55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

809 801 811 812 901 911 912 111 102 112

07=TSG clear

87=Screen

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

D22F1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° 1) 3) 4) 5) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating - MORE INFORMATION ON PAGES 252-253 EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE PANELS Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES Extension profile 25 mm for doors (except D22K, and D22S3) and side panel Fixed part to the corner bars for mounting on glass Corner stabilizer bar wall-glass Corner stabilizer bar glass-glass

AD221.50.2000 / AD221.06.2000 AD221.50.SM1 / AD221.06.SM1 D22FPG.10 / D22FPG.06 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Round (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Round (+side panel at 90°) (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Round (-10 mm; +20 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1400

780-810 880-910 980-1010 1080-1110 1180-1210 -

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

768 868 968 1068 1168 -

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

855-885

855-880

865

e.g.: 865

D22ERB + D22F1 + D22FPG + D22EV1 U-Mounting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Special dimensions

2 U-Mounting

D22ERB + D22F1VSM + D22FPG + D22EV1

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - A CTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +20 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - FOR THE ASYMMETRIC MOUNTING, PLEASE INDICATE THE WIDTH OF TWO SIDES WHEN ORDERING. 5) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

225

DIVERA

Reference 55=550 mm Dimension

800 x 900 800 x 1000 800 x 1100 800 x 1200 900 x 1000 900 x 1100 900 x 1200 1000 x 1100 1000 x 1200 1100 x 1200

Height

Width

DIVERA | TECHNICAL INFORMATION - SWING DOORS

DOOR + SIDE PANEL, CORNER ENTRY AND ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE - INSTALLATION ON THE SHOWER TRAY Fig. 2 Side panel

Fig. 1 Doors, round shower, corner entry

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the outer edge of the shower tray For the installation on a shower tray, the widthdrawal of 13 mm (Fig. 1) and 10 mm (Fig. 2) is constant for all DIVERA swing doors.

DOOR + SIDE PANEL - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard product dimensions on the floor (for the door)

A, B | D imension measured from the tiled wall to the real position of the door or side panel

Standard width

Width A = Middle of glass

700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800

674 774 874 974 1074 1174 1274 1374 1474 1574 1674 1774

All standard doors dimensions are equipped with a wall connecting profile (tolerance from -10 to +20 mm).

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard product dimensions on the floor (for the side panel) Standard width

Width B = Middle of glass

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

668 768 868 968 1168 1368

All standard fixed panel dimensions are equipped with a wall connecting profile (tolerance from -10 to +15 mm).

226

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded.

CORNER ENTRY - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard product dimensions on the floor

Standard width

Width A = Middle of glass

800 900 1000 1100 1200

768 x 768 868 x 868 968 x 968 1068 x 1068 1168 x 1168

All standard doors dimensions are equipped with a wall connecting profile (tolerance from -10 to +20 mm).

A | d imension measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass

ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard round shower enclosure on the floor A

Door radius 550 mm

Standard width

Width A Width B = Middle of glass for radius 550

B A

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass

SWING DOOR WALL MOUNTING

SIDE PANEL D22F1 WALL MOUNTING

DIVERA

800 768 x 768 240 900 868 x 868 340 1000 968 x 968 440 1100 1068 x 1068 540 1200 1168 x 1168 640 R528: R adius in the middle of curved glass element - door radius 550

All standard doors dimensions are equipped with a wall connecting profile (tolerance from -10 to +20 mm).

ASSEMBLY WITH D22F1

25 18

18 3

12 12

THRESHOLD PROFILE

12 25

D22FF JUNCTION

D22FF WALL MOUNTING

Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded.

16 227

228

DIVERA SLIDING DOORS

DIVERA

In a corner, in niche or in front of a wall, DIVERA shower enclosures bring all the elegance to your bathroom and adapt to all configurations. Its ergonomic handles favor the grip for maximum comfort. The Aquaperle treatment facilitates the cleaning.

Available door and side panel versions:

229

DIVERA - SLIDING DOOR | EXAMPLES OF INDIVIDUAL SOLUTIONS

D22S2B + D22F1SM + 2x Z.AUS.001 Sliding door and fixed panel with 1 fixed panel at 90° with bevel and cutout

D22SRB + D22F1 + D22EV1 (optional accessoires) Round shower enclosure (sliding doors with fixed panels) + side panel at 90° for U-mounting, including corner support (wall - glass)

230

DIVERA

D22K + D22F1V Bifold door 2 pcs. + and shortened side panel at 90°

The shortened side panel for swing and sliding doors is systematically placed on the low wall

Front support detail with magnetic closure for shortened side panel

231

DIVERA - SLIDING DOOR | TECHNOLOGY & DESIGN

DESIGN Ergonomic handles and attractive design • Appearance • (1) For doors: D22S2B, D22SE2B, D22SRB • (2) For bifold door 2 pcs.: D22K

|1|

|2|

High quality in great detail • Elegant corner joints complete the overall design of the screen. Quality is manifested in every detail of the shower enclosure

The wall junction • A chromed profile with a modern, extra-flat design

For doors: D22S3, D22K 232

THE TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES Alignment to the wall • Up to 60 mm adjustment range in niche • No drilling necessary • Fixing with a securing screw after installation.

DIVERA

Removable sliding doors • New clipping system at the door guiding element with the new model (D22S2B, D22SE2B, D22SRB) • Extremely easy to clean • Small threshold bar (15 mm) for easy access greatly facilitated and optimal waterproof

Door stopper • Enables soft door closing without loud slamming Double rollers • Enabling the sliding door to glide quietly (D22S2B/D22SE2B/ D22SRB).

Simple clip connection for the door and side panel at 90° • Absolutely watertight and elegant connection without bores or screws

233

DIVERA | SLIDING DOOR, BIFOLD DOOR POSSIBLE COMBINATIONS

+ IN-LINE MOUNTING

D22S2B

D22FF + D22S2B | PAGES 236-237

= D22K

D22FF + D22K | PAGES 238-239

D22FF

D22S3

CORNER MOUNTING

+ D22SE2B

+ 1x D22FF

234

D22FF + D22S3 | PAGES 240-241

D22FF + D22SE2B | PAGES 242-243

= D22SRB

D22FF + D22SRB | PAGES 244-245

DIVERA

COLLECTIONS BLACK-LINE SIMPLICITY & ELEGANCE, FOR BATHROOMS WITH CHARACTER 235

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1800 mm

D22S2B + D22F1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

D22S2B + D22F1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D22S2B | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 236

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22S2B 100 50 07 = DIVERA sliding door 1 pc. with fixed panel in line, width 1000 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22S2B | SLIDING DOOR 1 PC. WITH FIXED PANEL IN LINE

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | magnetic seal | 15 mm water deflector strip | delivery in 1 package Model Width Colour Standard dimensions Entry width

Width fix. panel

Height

Reference

1000 1200 1400

384 484 584

469 569 669

2000 2000 2000

D22S2B D22S2B D22S2B Model

Standard dimensions

Fixed side

Width

Entry width

Width fix. panel

Height

Reference

1000 1200 1400

384 484 584

469 569 669

2000 2000 2000

D22S2B D22S2B D22S2B Model Fixed side

Special dimensions 2)

L=left R=right

to door width

up to 2000

D22F1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° 4)

D22S2B D22S2B

100 120 140 Width

100 120 140 Colour

SM1 SM1

87=Screen 88=White lines

xx xx xx

xx xx xx 87=Screen 88=White lines

07=TSG clear 07 07

Colour

xx xx

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1

070 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1 D22F1

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

D22F1V D22F1V

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

Special dimensions SHORT SIDE PANEL (side panel and door with different height) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

07=TSG clear

2) 6)

87=Screen 88=White lines

D22F3 | COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL AT 90° 5) - MORE INFORMATION ON PAGES 254-255 tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating

EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE PANELS Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES

Extension profile 25 mm for doors (except D22K, and D22S3) and side panel Fixed part to the corner bars for mounting on glass Corner stabilizer bar wall-glass Corner stabilizer bar glass-glass

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each AD221.50.2000 / AD221.06.2000 AD221.50.SM1 / AD221.06.SM1 D22FPG.10 / D22FPG.06 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-40 mm; +20 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-10 mm; +20 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

960-1020 1160-1220 1360-1420

980-1010 1180-1210 1380-1410

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

974 1174 1374

668 768 868 968 1168 1368

(-20 mm; +40 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

845-905

855-885

855-880

865

e.g.: 865

D22S2B + D22F1

D22S2B + D22F1VSM U-Mounting

Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Special dimensions

Glass

Width

Special dimensions (side panel and door have the same height) 2)

D22S2B

Glass

xx xx

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | delivery in 1 package Model Width Standard dimensions 1) 3)

07 07 07 Glass

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

black Dimension 06=matt 50=high-gloss silver

L R

07=TSG clear

xx xx xx Colour

Dimension x x x Width

Reference L=left R=right 1000-1800

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

Dimension

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

2x D22F1 + D22S2B 2x D22EV1.10.500 U-Mounting

D22S2B + D22F1 + D22F3 + D22EV1.10.500 + D22EV2.10.500

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - ACTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 26 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +20 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL D22F3 (SEE PAGES 254-255). 5) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH D22F1 FIELD FOR U-MOUNTING (SEE PAGES 252-253). 6) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB. ! TECHNICAL INFORMATION see PAGES 246-247.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

237

DIVERA

Width

Glass

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1000 mm

D22K + D22F1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

D22K + D22F1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D22K | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 238

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22K 080 50 07 = DIVERA bifold door 2 pcs., width 800 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22K | BIFOLD DOOR 2 PCS.

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | magnetic seal | 15 mm water deflector strip | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

800 900 1000

550 650 750

2000 2000 2000

D22K D22K D22K

080 090 100

xx xx xx

07 07 07

xx xx xx

600-800 801-1000

to door width to door width

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22K D22K

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

Special dimensions 2)

87=Screen 88=White lines

07=TSG clear

D22K

D22F1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° 4)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1

070 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines 2

Special dimensions (side panel and door have the same height) 2) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

D22F1 D22F1

up to 2000 up to 2000

Special dimensions SHORT SIDE PANEL (side panel and door with different height) 2) 6) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1V D22F1V

SM1 SM2

xx xx

D22K + D22F1

D22F3 | COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL AT 90° 5) - MORE INFORMATION ON PAGES 254-255 tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating Bevel/cut-out

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each D22K + D22F1VSM

ACCESSORIES Extension profile 25 mm for doors D22K and D22S3 Fixed part to the corner bars for mounting on glass Corner stabilizer bar wall-glass Corner stabilizer bar glass-glass

AD222.50.2000 / AD222.06.2000 AD222.50.SM1 / AD222.06.SM1 D22FPG.10 / D22FPG.06 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

U-Mounting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-40 mm; +20 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-10 mm; +20 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

760-820 860-920 960-1020 -

780-810 880-910 980-1010 -

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

774 874 974 -

668 768 868 968 1168 1368

(-20 mm; +40 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

845-905

855-885

855-880

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

2x D22F1 + D22K U-Mounting

D22K + D22F1 + D22F3

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - A CTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 26 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +20 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL D22F3 (SEE PAGES 254-255). 5) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH D22F1 FIELD FOR U-MOUNTING (SEE PAGES 252-253). 6) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB. ! TECHNICAL INFORMATION see PAGES 246-247.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

239

DIVERA

EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE PANELS

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

D22S3 + D22F1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

D22S3 + D22F1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D22S3 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 240

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22S3 080 50 07 = DIVERA sliding door 3 pcs., width 800 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22S3 | SLIDING DOOR 3 PCS.

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | magnetic seal | 15 mm water deflector strip | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Entry width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

800 900 1000 1200

400 466 533 666

2000 2000 2000 2000

D22S3 D22S3 D22S3 D22S3

080 090 100 120

xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx

700-900 901-1200

to door width to door width

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22S3 D22S3

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

Special dimensions 2)

87=Screen 88=White lines

07=TSG clear

D22S3

D22F1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° 4)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1

070 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines 2

Special dimensions (side panel and door have the same height) 2) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

D22F1 D22F1

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22S3 + D22F1

Special dimensions SHORT SIDE PANEL (side panel and door with different height) 2) 6) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1V D22F1V

SM1 SM2

xx xx

D22F3 | COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL AT 90° 5) - MORE INFORMATION ON PAGES 254-255 EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE PANELS Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES Extension profile 25 mm for doors D22K and D22S3 Fixed part to the corner bars for mounting on glass Corner stabilizer bar wall-glass Corner stabilizer bar glass-glass

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

AD222.50.2000 / AD222.06.2000 AD222.50.SM1 / AD222.06.SM1 D22FPG.10 / D22FPG.06 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

D22S3 + D22F1VSM U-Mounting

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Construction readiness of the Installation dimensions of the tray niche after laying the tiles - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Door in niche (-40 mm; +20 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Door (+ side panel at 90°) (-10 mm; +20 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

760-820 860-920 960-1020 1160-1220 -

780-810 880-910 980-1010 1180-1210 -

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

774 874 974 1174 -

668 768 868 968 1168 1368

(-20 mm; +40 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

845-905

855-885

855-880

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

2x D22F1 + D22S3 U-Mounting

D22S3 + D22F3 + D22F1

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - A CTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 26 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +20 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 4) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL D22F3 (SEE PAGES 254-255). 5) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH D22F1 FIELD FOR U-MOUNTING (SEE PAGES 252-253). 6) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB. ! TECHNICAL INFORMATION see PAGES 246-247.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

241

DIVERA

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

D22SE2B | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

D22SE2B | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

242

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22SE2B 070 50 07 = DIVERA corner entry 2 pcs. (sliding doors with fixed panels), width 700 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22SE2B | CORNER ENTRY 2 PCS. (SLIDING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | magnetic seal | 15 mm water deflector strip | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions - PRICE FOR BOTH SIDES 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Entry width

Width fix. panel

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000

348 418 489 560

322 372 422 472

2000 2000 2000 2000

D22SE2B D22SE2B D22SE2B D22SE2B

070 080 090 100

50 50 50 50

07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22SE2B D22SE2B

SM1 SM2

50 50

07 07

xx xx

Special dimensions - PRICE FOR BOTH SIDES 2) 4) 600-900 901-1200

to door width to door width

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

D22SE2B

D22F1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1

070 080 090 100 120 140

50 50 50 50 50 50

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

SM1 SM2

50 50

07 07

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

2 U-Mounting

Special dimensions (side panel and door have the same height) 2) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

D22F1 D22F1

up to 2000 up to 2000

Special dimensions SHORT SIDE PANEL (side panel and door with different height) 2) 5) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

D22F1V D22F1V

up to 2000 up to 2000

EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE PANELS

SM1 SM2

50 50

DIVERA

AD221.50.2000 / AD221.06.2000 AD221.50.SM1 / AD221.06.SM1 D22FPG.10 / D22FPG.06 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

D22F1VSM + D22SE2B +D22EV1

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Corner entry (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Corner entry (+ side panel at 90°) (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Corner entry (-10 mm; +20 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

680-710 780-810 880-910 980-1010 -

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

668 768 868 968 -

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

855-885

855-880

865

e.g.: 865

U-Mounting

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

Special dimensions

D22F1 + D22SE2B +D22EV1

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - A CTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +20 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - WHEN ORDERING NON-STANDARD SIZES, IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE WIDTH OF THE RIGHT AND LEFT PART 5) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB. ! TECHNICAL INFORMATION see PAGES 246-247.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

243

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

D22SRB | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

D22SRB | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

244

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22SRB 55 080 50 07 = DIVERA R ound shower enclosure (sliding doors with fixed panels), radius 550 mm, width 800 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22SRB | ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE (SLIDING DOORS WITH FIXED PANELS)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | magnetic seal | 15 mm water deflector strip | radius 550 mm | delivery in 1 package

Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Radius

Width

Entry width

Width fix. panel B

Height

Reference 55=550 mm Dimension

800 900 1000

416 551 551

248 348 448

2000 2000 2000

D22SRB D22SRB D22SRB

55 55 55

080 090 100

2000 2000

D22SRB D22SRB

55 55

SM1 SM2

Special dimensions 2) 4) 750-900 901-1200

to door width to door width

Colour 06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

Glass 1 07=TSG clear

87=Screen

50 50 50

07 07 07

87 87 87

50 50

07 07

87 87

D22SRB

D22F1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions 1) 3)

Model

Width

Colour

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1

070 080 090 100 120 140

250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1 D22F1

250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1V D22F1V

Glass 87=Screen

50 50 50 50 50 50

07 07 07 07 07 07

87 87 87 87 87 87

SM1 SM2

50 50

07 07

87 87

SM1 SM2

50 50

07 07

87 87

07=TSG clear

Special dimensions (side panel and door have the same height) 2)

Special dimensions SHORT SIDE PANEL (side panel and door with different height) 2) 5)

EXTRAS ONLY FOR SIDE WALLS

U-Mounting

DIVERA

AD221.50.2000 / AD221.06.2000 AD221.50.SM1 / AD221.06.SM1 D22FPG.10 / D22FPG.06 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

D22F1VSM + D22SRB + D22EV1

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Width

Round (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Round (+side panel at 90°) (-20 mm; +10 mm)

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Round (-10 mm; +20 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

780-810 880-910 980-1010 -

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

768 868 968 -

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

(-10 mm; +20 mm)

855-885

855-880

865

e.g.: 865

D22F1 + D22SRB +D22EV1

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

Special dimensions

2 U-Mounting

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 2) - I N THE OFFER IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE METHOD OF INSTALLATION, NAMELY ON THE TRAY OR ON THE TILE FLOOR (WIDTH FROM THE MIDDLE LINE OF THE GLASS). SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER. 3) - A CTUAL WIDTH (FROM THE CENTER OF THE GLASS) IS 32 MM LESS THAN THE WIDTH INDICATED IN THE ORDER CODE WITH STANDARD SIZES (WITH A TOLERANCE -10 TO +20 MM). SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF THIS CHAPTER 4) - WHEN ORDERING NON-STANDARD SIZES, IT IS NECESSARY TO INDICATE THE WIDTH OF THE RIGHT AND LEFT PART 5) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB. ! TECHNICAL INFORMATION see PAGES 246-247.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

245

DIVERA | TECHNICAL INFORMATION – SLIDING DOORS

DOOR + FIXED PANEL, CORNER ENTRY AND ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE - INSTALLATION ON THE SHOWER TRAY Fig. 2 Side panel

Fig. 1 Doors, round shower, corner entry

A | Dimension measured from the tiled wall to the outer edge of the shower tray. For the installation on a shower tray, the widthdrawal of 13 mm (Fig. 1) and 10 mm (Fig. 2) is constant for all DIVERA sliding doors

DOOR + FIXED PANEL, SLIDING DOORS CORNER ENTRY - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard product dimensions on the floor (for the door)

A, B | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass for doors or side panel

Standard width

Width A = Middle of glass

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

674 774 874 974 1174 1374

All standard doors dimensions are equipped with a wall connecting profile (tolerance from -10 to +20 mm).

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard product dimensions on the floor (for the side panel) Standard width

Width B = Middle of glass

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

668 768 868 968 1168 1368

All standard doors dimensions are equipped with a wall connecting profile (tolerance from -10 to +15 mm).

246

Dimensions in mm.

CORNER ENTRY (SLIDING DOORS) - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard product dimensions on the floor (corner entry) Standard width

Width A = Middle of glass

700 800 900 1000

668 x 668 768 x 768 868 x 868 968 x 968

All standard corner entry dimensions are equipped with a wall connecting profile (tolerance from -10 to +20 mm).

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass

ROUND SHOWER ENCLOSURE - INSTALLATION ON THE FLOOR

Tiling dimensions for the installation of standard round shower enclosure on the floor A

Door radius 550 mm

Standard width

Width A Dimension B = Middle of glass for radius 550

All standard doors dimensions are equipped with a wall connecting profile (tolerance from -10 to +20 mm).

A | dimension measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass

SLIDING DOOR TRACK

WALL MOUNTING

DIVERA

800 768 x 768 240 900 868 x 868 340 1000 968 x 968 440 R528: R adius in the middle of curved glass element - door radius 550

FIXED PANEL D22F1 WALL MOUNTING

ASSEMBLY WITH D22F1

FIXED PANEL D22F1 WALL MOUNTING FOR D22K AND D22S3

12 12

THRESHOLD PROFILE

Dimensions in mm.

WALL MOUNTING FOR D22K AND D22S3

12 25

18 3

16 247

D22F1

D22F3

248

DIVERA SIDE PANELS

Entirely modular and very functional, the DIVERA range is the result of the latest SanSwiss innovation. The 90° fixed panel D22F1 is universal and adapts to all doors of the range. For the assembly of 2 fixed panels, SanSwiss has developed a complementary D22F3 fixed panel, among others for U-shaped assemblies or a two-wall Walk-In solution.

DIVERA

Finally, the complementary fixed panel in-line D22FF can be combined with all doors of the range and allows the creation of fully personalized solutions and very large widths.

Available side panel versions:

249

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 900 mm

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

250

D22FF | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22FF 020 50 07 = DIVERA complementary fixed panel in line, width 200 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22FF | COMPLEMENTARY FIXED PANEL IN LINE

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | corner stabilizer bar | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

200 300 400 500 600

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22FF D22FF D22FF D22FF D22FF

020 030 040 050 060

xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

Special dimensions (side panel and door have the same height) 200 - 600 601 - 900

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22FF D22FF

D22FF + D22T2

Special dimensions SHORT SIDE PANEL (side panel and door with different height) 2) 200 - 600 601 - 900

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22FFV D22FFV

SM1 SM2

xx xx

EXAMPLES OF WIDE WIDTH SOLUTIONS

D22SE2B + D22FF

D22FF + D22T1 + D22FF

EXTRAS FOR FASTE FELT Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES Extension profile 25 mm for doors (except D22K, and D22S3) and side panel Fixed part to the corner bars for mounting on glass

D22FF + D22T2 + D22FF

DIVERA

D22FFV + D22T1

D22S2B + D22FF

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

AD221.50.2000 / AD221.06.2000 AD221.50.SM1 / AD221.06.SM1 D22FPG.10 / D22FPG.06

(high-gloss silver / matt black, height 2000 mm) (high-gloss silver / matt black, height up to 2000 mm) (chrome / matt black)

COMMENT

1) - IN CASE OF INSTALLATION ON THE TILED FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION ON PAGE 226-227, 246-247. 2) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB.

! Please read the technical information at the sites 226-227, 246-247.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

251

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

D22F1

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

252

D22F1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22F1 070 50 07 = DIVERA side panel at 90°, width 700 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22F1 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° 2)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1 D22F1

070 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1 D22F1

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1V D22F1V

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

Special dimensions (side panel and door have the same height)

07=TSG clear

Special dimensions SHORT SIDE PANEL (side panel and door with different height) 3)

87=Screen 88=White lines

D22T1 + D22F1

D22S2B + D22F1

EXTRAS FOR SIDE PANEL

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES AD221.50.2000 / AD221.06.2000 AD221.50.SM1 / AD221.06.SM1 D22FPG.10 / D22FPG.06 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

Extension profile 25 mm for doors (except D22K, and D22S3) and side panel

D22T1 + D22F1VSM

DIVERA

Fixed part to the corner bars for mounting on glass Corner stabilizer bar wall-glass Corner stabilizer bar glass-glass

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Short side panel (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

855-885

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

COMMENT

1) - IN CASE OF INSTALLATION ON THE TILED FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION ON PAGE 226-227, 246-247. 2) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL D22F3 (SEE PAGES 254-255). 3) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB.

! Please read the technical information at the sites 226-227, 246-247.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

253

DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

D22F1

D22F3

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

254

D22F1+D22BTK1H+D22F3+D22EV2.10.500 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22F3 070 50 07 = DIVERA complementary side panel at 90°, width 700 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, clear glass D22F3 | COMPLEMENTARY SIDE PANEL AT 90° 2) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | delivery in 1 package

Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22F3 D22F3 D22F3 D22F3 D22F3 D22F3

070 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F3 D22F3

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F3V D22F3V

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

Special dimensions (side panel and door have the same height)

07=TSG clear

Special dimensions SHORT SIDE PANEL (side panel and door with different height) 3)

87=Screen 88=White lines

D22T1 + D22F1 + D22F3 + D22EV1 + D22EV2

EXAMPLES OF SOLUTIONS

D22S2B + D22F1 + D22F3 + D22EV1 + D22EV2

D22T2 + D22F1 + D22F3

EXTRAS FOR SIDE PANEL

DIVERA

D22WI2 + D22F3VSM

D22T1 + D22F1 + D22F3VSM + D22EV1 + D22EV2

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES

AD221.50.2000 / AD221.06.2000 AD221.50.SM1 / AD221.06.SM1 D22FPG.10 / D22FPG.06 D22EV1.10.500 / D22EV1.06.500 D22EV2.10.500 / D22EV2.06.500

Extension profile 25 mm for doors (except D22K, and D22S3) and side panel Fixed part to the corner bars for mounting on glass Corner stabilizer bar wall-glass Corner stabilizer bar glass-glass

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes

Standard dimensions

Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Width

Side panel at 90° (-20 mm; +5 mm)

Short side panel (-10 mm; +15 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

(-10 mm; +15 mm)

855-880

865

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

COMMENT

1) - IN CASE OF INSTALLATION ON THE TILED FLOOR, TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE TECHNICAL INFORMATION ON PAGE 226-227, 246-247. 2) - CAN BE COMBINED WITH SIDE PANEL (SEE PAGES 252-253). 3) - IMPORTANT: THE SHORTENED SIDE PANEL IS ALWAYS SUSPENDED FREELY BESIDES THE BATHTUB.

! Please read the technical information at the sites 226-227, 246-247.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

255

256

WALK-IN SHOWERS FIXED SHOWER ENCLOSURES FOR INDIVIDUAL SOLUTIONS Walk-in shower enclosures represent a recent trend in the design of modern bathrooms, allowing a wide access to the shower while providing a great space for relaxing while showering. Transparent glass screens are the dominant element of the bathroom. Walk-in shower enclosures are not only an increasingly popular option to standard shower screens, but also an interesting option for an unconventional and attractive bathroom solutions. Walk-in screens can be installeed in the corner, in the space or as bath screens. Installation is possible on a flat bath, directly on the floor or possibly on a flat-lined bath. Depending on the floor plan and bathroom layout, some models can also be complemented by a solid or rotating wall at right angles. A new feature in the Walk-in screen range is the AMALIA range in attractive profile designs. We would especially like to highlight the CADURA models in white matt, black matt and gold gloss. Walk-in :

WALK-IN

PUR �� 258-259 AMALIA �� 260-261 CADURA �� 262-265 EASY �� 266-285 TOP-LINE S �� 286-291 DIVERA �� 292-301 The following variants are available:

257

WALK-IN PUR

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

HEIGHT UP TO 2500 MM

Maximum 1600 mm



PDT4G | chrome (10), clear glass (07)

Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

PDT4G | chrome (10), Parsol grey (20) 258

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: PDT4 G SM1 10 07 = PUR Walk-in shower enclosure with wall bracket, mounting left, width special dimension, height 2000 mm, chrome, TSG clear PDT4 | PUR WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE WITH WALL BRACKETS WITH MAX. HEIGHT 2500 MM! tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1600 mm | standard height incl. stabilizer bar 2024 mm

Width

300-1000 1001-1600

Model Mounting

Height

Reference

Special dimensions 1)

G=left D=right

2000 up to 2000 2) 2000 up to 2000 2)

PDT4 PDT4 PDT4 PDT4

x x x x

Width

Colour

Dimension 10=chrome

SM1 SM2 SM3 SM4

10 10 10 10

Walk-in shower enclosure PDT4 can be supplied with max. height 2500 mm!

Glass 07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

30=Master Carré 49=satin 51= screenprinted band

xx xx xx xx

08=Parsol bronze 20=Parsol grey xx xx xx xx

PDT4D

EXTRAS Bevel/cut-out

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

ACCESSORIES PS2.10.600 PT2.10.600 PST2.10.600

PS2.10.600 Towel rail

PT2.10.600 Glass shelf

PST2.10.600 Glass shelf + towel rail

WALK-IN

Towel rail, chrome, width 600 mm 3) Glass shelf, width 600 mm Glass shelf + towel rail, width 600 mm

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER PUR. 2) - PURMAX: ADDITIONAL PAYMENT FOR NON-STANDARD MODELS WITH A HEIGHT OF MORE THAN 2001 - 2100 MM +10 %; 2101 - 2200 MM +20 %; 2201 - 2300 MM +30 %; 2301 - 2500 MM +50%. 3) - ONLY FOR WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE WITH WIDTH FROM 750 MM.

! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER PUR.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

259

WALK-IN AMALIA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 2000 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D35S2 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

D35S2 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 260

NEW

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D35S2 120 50 07 = AMALIA Walk-In (fixed wall separate, with sliding part), width 1200 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear D35S2 | AMALIA WALK-IN (FIXED WALL SEPARATE, WITH SLIDING PART), tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 2000 mm Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Entry width C

Width fixed panel B

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

1200 1400 1600 1700 1800

532 632 732 732 732

668 768 868 968 1068

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D35S2 D35S2 D35S2 D35S2 D35S2

120 140 160 170 180

xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07

up to 2000 up to 2000 2001-2250 2001-2250

D35S2 D35S2 D35S2 D35S2

SM1 SM2 SM3 SM4

xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07

07=TSG clear

D35S2

Special dimensions 2) 1000-1599 1600-2000 1000-1599 1600-2000

to door width to door width to door width to door width

10 A

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Standard dimensions

Shower enclosure

Width

Width A (-56 mm; 0 mm)

Width B (-10 mm; 0 mm)

1200 1400 1600 1700 1800

1144-1200 1344-1400 1544-1600 1644-1700 1744-1800

668 768 868 918 968

(-36 mm; +20 mm)

(-5 mm; +5 mm)

1589-1645

910

Special dimensions e.g.: 1625

WALK-IN

Dimensions from wall to glass edge

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER AMALIA. 2) - WHEN ORDERING ALWAYS SPECIFY INSTALLATION ON SHOWER TRAY OR FLOOR LEVEL. PLEASE CONSIDER TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER AMALIA.

! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER AMALIA.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

261

WALK-IN CADURA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 2000 mm

CAW2G | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

CAW2G | gold (12), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

CAW2G | matt black (06), Shade (68) 262

CAW2G | matt white (09), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: CAW2 G 100 50 07 = CADURA Walk-In (fixed wall separate, with sliding part), hinged left, width 1000 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear CAW2 | WALK-IN (FIXED WALL SEPARATE, WITH SLIDING PART)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | water deflector strip 10 mm | stabilizer bar 1500 mm | total height incl. stabilizer bar 2000 mm Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Mounting

Width

Colour

Width A

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

Dimension

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver 12=gold 3)

1000 1100 1200 1400 2) 1500 2) 1600 2) 1800 2)

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

CAW2 CAW2 CAW2 CAW2 CAW2 CAW2 CAW2

x x x x x x x

100 110 120 140 150 160 180

up to 2000 up to 2000

CAW2 CAW2

x x

SM1 SM2

Glass

07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

CAW2D

Special dimensions 1) 3) 4) 1000-1400 1401-2000 2)

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Dimensions from the wall to the outer edge of the glass Shower enclosure

Width

Width A (-17 mm; +6 mm)

Width B (-17 mm; +6 mm)

1000 1100 1200 1400 1500 1600 1800

983-1006 1083-1106 1183-1206 1383-1406 1483-1506 1583-1606 1783-1806

551 601 651 751 851 951 1151

(-9 mm; +14 mm)

1216-1239

676

Special dimensions e.g.: 1225

WALK-IN

Standard dimensions

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER CADURA. 2) - FOR WIDTH A 1400-2000 MM, THE DOOR WIDTH IS 740 MM. 3) - SPECIAL GOLD LINE DIMENSIONS ARE AVAILABLE AT A HEIGHT OF 2000 MM. 4) - SPECIAL DIMENSIONS WITH ONLY ONE GLASS AVAILABLE. GLASS SHADE 68 IS NOT AVAILABLE. ! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER CADURA.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

263

WALK-IN CADURA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

CAT4 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

CAT3 + CAT4 | gold (12), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

CAT3 + CAT4 | matt black (06), clear glass (07) 264

CAT3 + CAT4 | matt white (09), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: CAT4 100 50 07 = C ADURA Walk-in shower enclosure with wall connection profile, width 1000 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear CAT4 | CADURA - WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | total height incl. stabilizer bar 2024 mm

Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width A

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver 12=gold 2)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

CAT4 CAT4 CAT4 CAT4 CAT4 CAT4 CAT4 CAT4 CAT4

070 075 080 090 100 110 120 130 140

up to 2000 up to 2000

CAT4 CAT4

SM1 SM2

Special dimensions 1) 2) 3) 700-900 901-1400

1 07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

CAT4

CAT3 | SIDE PANEL AT 90° 4)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1400 mm Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width A

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver 12=gold 2)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

CAT3 CAT3 CAT3 CAT3 CAT3 CAT3 CAT3

070 075 080 090 100 110 120

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000 up to 2000

CAT3 CAT3

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07 07

xx xx

07=TSG clear

68=Shade 87=Screen

CAT3+CAT4

300 - 900 901 - 1400

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Installation dimensions of the tray - from vertical facing to the outer edge of the tray

Construction preparation of a tile floor for a shower enclosure with standard sizes Installation on a tiled floor (middle line of the glass)

Standard dimensions

Width

Shower enclosure (-15 mm; 0 mm)

Shower enclosure (+ side panel at 90°) (-15 mm; 0 mm)

Shower enclosure (+ Side panel at 90°)

Side panel at 90° (-7 mm; +8 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400

685-700 735-750 785-800 885-900 985-1000 1085-1100 1185-1200 1285-1300 1385-1400

----785-800 885-900 985-1000 1085-1100 1185-1200 1285-1300 1385-1400

667 717 767 867 967 1067 1167 1267 1367

667 717 767 867 967 1067 1167 -----

Special dimensions

(-10 mm; +5 mm)

e.g.: 865

855-870

865

WALK-IN

Special dimensions 1) 2) 3)

COMMENT

1) - IF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILE FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER CADURA. 2) - SPECIAL GOLD LINE DIMENSIONS ARE AVAILABLE AT A HEIGHT OF 2000 MM. 3) - SPECIAL DIMENSIONS WITH ONLY ONE GLASS AVAILABLE. GLASS SHADE 68 IS NOT AVAILABLE. 4) - IN THE ORDER PLEASE STATE, THAT IT IS COMBINATION OF SIDE WALL CAT3 WITH WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE CAT4. ! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER CADURA.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

265

WALK-IN EASY

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1600 mm

STR4P | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

STR4P + BTE2 | matt black (06), Parsol grey (20) 266

STR4P + BTE3 | matt white (09), Parsol grey (20)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: STR4P 080 50 07 = EASY Walk-in shower enclosure with wall connection profile, width 800 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear STR4P | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE

tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1250 mm (can be shortened), total height incl. stabilizer bar 2017 mm | reversible Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass 1

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver

800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P

080 090 100 110 120 130 140 150 160

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07 07

20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

up to 2000

STR4P

SM1

07=TSG clear

20=Parsol grey

STR4P

Special dimensions 1) 300 - 1600

EXTRAS

STR4PSM Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES

Corner stabilizer bar Vertical supporting bar (maximum ceiling height for anchoring in the ceiling 3000 mm) Connection profile WPE for L-mounting (combination 2xSTR4P)

Model

Colour

Length

Reference

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver

(mm)

RE SD8 WPE

.xx. .xx. .xx.

1000 1000 2000

Model Reference

Mounting set BTE2 - short rotating wall at 90° 3) Mounting set BTE2 - short rotating wall at 90° - special dimensions 3) Mounting set BTE3 - short rotating wall at 180° 3) Mounting set BTE3 - short rotating wall at 180° - special dimensions 3)

.xx

Colour

Reference

Model Width

Colour 06=matt black 09=white matt 10=chrome

VT90

Connecting part allows connection of two horizontal stabilizer bars (combination 2xSTR4P) 2)

(mm)

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver

BTE2 BTE2 BTE3 BTE3

0420 SM1 0406 SM1

xx xx xx xx

STR4P + STR4P + VT90

Glass 07=TSG clear 07 07 07 07

STR4P + STR4P + WPE

20=Parsol grey 20 20 STR4P + BTE2

WE RECOMMEND ACCESSORIES ON PAGE 281 (TOWEL RAILS, SHELVES).

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Standard dimensions

Width

Shower enclosure (-18 mm; +7 mm)

800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600

782-807 882-907 982-1007 1082-1107 1182-1207 1282-1307 1382-1407 1482-1507 1582-1607

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

STR4P + BTE3

STR4P + SMGE

(-10 mm; +15 mm) 855-880

COMMENT

STR4P + VT90.10 + STR4P | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

1) - DELIVERY INCLUDES FLOOR STRIP TO SIMPLIFY INSTALLATION AND PROTECT CORNERS. 2) - CONNECTING PART VT90.XX (OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES) IS DESIGNED FOR COMBINATION OF TWO STR4P WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURES IN REQUIRED WIDTH (ALLOWS CONNECTION OF TWO STANDARD DELIVERED HORIZONTAL STABILIZER BARS). 3) - MORE INFORMATION ABOUT MOUNTING SETS YOU CAN FIND ON PAGE 281.

! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

STR4P+ BTE2 + BTE2 + SMGE

267

WALK-IN

Dimensions from wall to glass edge

WALK-IN EASY SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

HEIGHT 2250 MM

Maximum 1200 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

268

STR4PX | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: STR4PX 080 50 07 = EASY Walk-in shower enclosure with wall connection profile, width 800 mm, height 2250 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear STR4PX | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE - HEIGHT 225O MM tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1250 mm (can be shortened | total height incl. stabilizer bar 2267 mm | reversible

Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

50=high-gloss silver

800 900 1000 1200

2250 2250 2250 2250

STR4PX STR4PX STR4PX STR4PX

080 090 100 120

50 50 50 50

07 07 07 07

07=TSG clear

up to 2250

STR4PX

SM1

Special dimensions 1) 800 - 1200

ACCESSORIES

Model Reference

Connecting part allows connection of two horizontal stabilizer bars (combination 2xSTR4P) 2)

VT90

STR4PX

Colour 10=chrome .10

WE RECOMMEND ACCESSORIES ON PAGE 281 (TOWEL RAILS, SHELVES). STR4PX + STR4PX + VT90

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Standard dimensions

Width

Shower enclosure (-18 mm; +7 mm)

800 900 1000 1200

782-807 882-907 982-1007 1182-1207

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

WALK-IN

Dimensions from wall to glass edge

(-10 mm; +15 mm) 855-880

COMMENT

1) - DELIVERY INCLUDES FLOOR STRIP TO SIMPLIFY INSTALLATION AND PROTECT CORNERS. 2) - THE CONNECTING ELEMENT VT90.10 (OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES) IS DESIGNED TO COMBINE TWO STR4P WALK-IN WITH NECESSARY WIDTH (ALLOWS YOU TO CONNECT TWO HORIZONTAL STABILIZERS, WHICH STANDARDLY SUPPLIED).

! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

269

WALK-IN EASY

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1600 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

STR4P | high-gloss silver (50), Lina (85)

STR4P | matt black (06), Lina (85) 270

NEW

STR4P + WPE + STR4P | matt black (06), Lina (85)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: STR4P 080 50 85 = EASY Walk-in shower enclosure with wall connection profile, width 800 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, Lina STR4P | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE

tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1250 mm (can be shortened) | total height incl. stabilizer bar 2017 mm | reversible Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P

080 090 100 120 140 160

xx xx xx xx xx xx

EXTRAS

85=Lina 85 85 85 85 85 85

STR4P

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

ACCESSORIES

Corner stabilizer bar Vertical supporting bar (maximum ceiling height for anchoring in the ceiling 3000 mm) Connection profile WPE for L-mounting (combination 2xSTR4P)

Model

Colour

Length

Reference

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

(mm)

RE SD8 WPE

.xx. .xx. .xx.

1000 1000 2000

Model Reference Connecting part allows connection of two horizontal stabilizer bars (combination 2xSTR4P) 2)

VT90

STR4P + STR4P + VT90

Colour 06=matt black 10=chrome .xx

STR4P + STR4P + WPE

WE RECOMMEND ACCESSORIES ON PAGE 281 (TOWEL RAILS, SHELVES).

STR4P + SMGE

WALK-IN

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Dimensions from wall to glass edge

Standard dimensions

Width

Shower enclosure (-18 mm; +7 mm)

800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600

782-807 882-907 982-1007 1182-1207 1382-1407 1582-1607

COMMENT

STR4P + VT90.06 + STR4P | high-gloss silver (50), Lina (85)

! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

271

WALK-IN EASY

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1600 mm

STR4P | high-gloss silver (50), Shade (68)



STR4P | high-gloss silver (50), Brume (81)

Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

STR4P + BTE2 | matt black (06), Brume (81) 272

STR4P + BTE3 | matt black (06), Shade (68)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: STR4P 080 06 68 = EASY Walk-in shower enclosure with wall connection profile, width 800 mm, height 2000 mm, matt black, Shade (68) STR4P | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE

tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1250 mm (can be shortened | total height incl. stabilizer bar 2017 mm | reversible | screen printing on the front of the glass Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver

800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P

080 090 100 120 140 160

xx xx xx xx xx xx

ACCESSORIES

Length

Reference

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver

(mm)

RE SD8 WPE

.xx. .xx. .xx.

1000 1000 2000

STR4P SHADE

STR4P SHADE + VT90 + STR4P SHADE

Colour

Reference

06=matt black 09=white matt 10=chrome

VT90

.xx

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Reference

(mm)

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver

BTE2 BTE3

0420 0406

xx xx

68 68

Colour

Glass

Model Montering Width

Mounting set BTE2 - short rotating wall at 90° 3) Mounting set BTE3 - short rotating wall at 180° 3)

xx xx xx xx xx xx

Colour

Model

Mounting set BTE2 - short rotating wall at 90° 3) Mounting set BTE3 - short rotating wall at 180° 3)

68=Shade 81=Brume

Model

Corner stabilizer bar Vertical supporting bar (maximum ceiling height for anchoring in the ceiling 3000 mm) Connection profile WPE for L-mounting (combination 2xSTR4P)

Connecting part allows connection of two horizontal stabilizer bars (combination 2xSTR4P) 2)

Reference

L=left R=right

(mm)

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver

BTE2 BTE3

x x

0420 0406

xx xx

68=Shade

STR4P SHADE + STR4P SHADE + WPE

81=Brume 81 81

STR4P SHADE + BTE2 SHADE

WE RECOMMEND ACCESSORIES ON PAGE 281 (TOWEL RAILS, SHELVES).

STR4P SHADE + BTE3 SHADE WALK-IN

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Dimensions from wall to glass edge

Standard dimensions

Width

Shower enclosure (-18 mm; +7 mm)

800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600

782-807 882-907 982-1007 1182-1207 1382-1407 1582-1607

COMMENT

STR4P SHADE + SMGE

STR4P + VT90.06 + STR4P | matt black (06), Brume (81)

! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

STR4P SHADE + BTE2 + BTE2 + SMGE

273

WALK-IN EASY

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1600 mm



STR4P | high-gloss silver (50), Japan (82)

Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

STR4P + BTE2 | matt black (06), Japan (82) 274

STR4P + BTE3 | matt white (09), Japan (82)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: STR4P 080 06 82 = EASY Walk-in shower enclosure with wall connection profile, width 800 mm, height 2000 mm, matt black, Japan STR4P | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE

tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1250 mm (can be shortened) | total height incl. stabilizer bar 2017 mm | reversible | digital printing (ceramic color) on the front of the glass Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver

800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P

080 090 100 120 140 160

xx xx xx xx xx xx

ACCESSORIES

Corner stabilizer bar Vertical supporting bar (maximum ceiling height for anchoring in the ceiling 3000 mm) Connection profile WPE for L-mounting (combination 2xSTR4P)

Length

Reference

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver

(mm)

RE SD8 WPE

.xx. .xx. .xx.

1000 1000 2000

STR4P JAPAN

STR4P JAPAN + VT90 + STR4P JAPAN

Colour 06=matt black 09=white matt 10=chrome

VT90 Model

Mounting set BTE2 - short rotating wall at 90° 3) Mounting set BTE3 - short rotating wall at 180° 3)

82 82 82 82 82 82

Colour

Reference

82=Japan

Model

Connecting part allows connection of two horizontal stabilizer bars (combination 2xSTR4P) 2)

Glass

.xx Width

Colour

Reference

(mm)

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver

BTE2 BTE3

0420 0406

xx xx

Glass

STR4P JAPAN + STR4P JAPAN + WPE

82=Japan 82 82

WE RECOMMEND ACCESSORIES ON PAGE 281 (TOWEL RAILS, SHELVES). STR4P JAPAN + BTE2 JAPAN

STR4P JAPAN + BTE3 JAPAN WALK-IN

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Dimensions from wall to glass edge

Standard dimensions

Width

Shower enclosure (-18 mm; +7 mm)

800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600

782-807 882-907 982-1007 1182-1207 1382-1407 1582-1607

COMMENT

STR4P JAPAN + SMGE

STR4P + VT90.06 + STR4P | matt black (06), Japan (82)

! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

STR4P JAPAN + BTE2 + BTE2 + SMGE

275

WALK-IN EASY

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1400 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

STR4P | matt black (06), Loft 69

STR4P + BTE2 | matt black (06), Loft 89 276

STR4P + BTE3 | matt black (06), Loft 90

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: STR4P 080 06 69 = E ASY Walk-in shower enclosure with wall connection profile, width 800 mm, height 2000 mm, matt black, Loft 69 (black screen printing on the front of the glass) STR4P | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE

tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1250 mm (can be shortened) | total height incl. stabilizer bar 2017 mm | reversible Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Width

Height

Reference Dimension 06=matt black

800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P

080 090 100 120 140

Glass

06 06 06 06 06

69=Loft 69

89=Loft 89

90=Loft 90

69 69 69 69 69

89 89 89 89 89

90 90 90 90 90 STR4P Loft 69

Black screen printing on the front of the glass

Glass 89

Digital printing (black ceramic color) on the front of the glass

Glass 90

Digital printing (black ceramic color) on the front of the glass

STR4P Loft 69 + VT90 + STR4P Loft 69

800 mm

900 mm

ACCESSORIES

1000 mm

1200 mm

Model

Colour

Reference

06=matt black

(mm)

.06. .06. .06.

1000 1000 2000

RE SD8 WPE

Corner stabilizer bar Vertical supporting bar (max. ceiling height for anchoring in the ceiling 3000 mm) Connection profile WPE for L-mounting (combination 2xSTR4P)

Length

Model

Connecting part allows connection of two hor. stabilizer bars (combination 2xSTR4P)

06=matt black

VT90 Model

Mounting set BTE2 - short rotating wall at 90° 3) Mounting set BTE3 - short rotating wall at 180° 3)

STR4P Loft 69 + BTE2L Loft 69

.06

Width

Colour

Reference

(mm)

06=matt black

BTE2 BTE3 Model

0420 0406 Montering

Reference L=left R=right Mounting set BTE2 - short rotating wall at 90° 3) BTE2 BTE3 Mounting set BTE3 - short rotating wall at 180° 3) WE RECOMMEND ACCESSORIES ON PAGE 281 (TOWEL RAILS, SHELVES).

STR4P Loft 69 + STR4P Loft 69 + WPE

Colour

Reference 2)

1400 mm

x x

Glass 89=Loft 89

06 06 Width

89 89 Colour

(mm)

06=matt black

0420 0406

06 06

90=Loft 90 90 90 Glass 69=Loft 69 69 69

STR4P Loft 69 + BTE3L Loft 69 WALK-IN

Glass 69

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Dimensions from wall to glass edge

Standard dimensions

Width

Shower enclosure (-18 mm; +7 mm)

800 900 1000 1200 1400

782-807 882-907 982-1007 1182-1207 1382-1407

COMMENT

STR4P Loft 69 + SMGE

STR4P + VT90.06 + STR4P | matt black (06), Loft 89

1) - DELIVERY INCLUDES FLOOR STRIP TO SIMPLIFY INSTALLATION AND PROTECT CORNERS. 2) - THE CONNECTING ELEMENT VT90.06 (OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES) IS DESIGNED TO COMBINE TWO STR4P WALK-IN WITH NECESSARY WIDTH (ALLOWS YOU TO CONNECT TWO HORIZONTAL STABILIZERS, WHICH STANDARDLY SUPPLIED). 3) - MORE INFORMATION ABOUT MOUNTING SETS YOU CAN FIND ON PAGE 281.

! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

STR4P Loft 69 + BTE2 + BTE2 + SMGE

277

WALK-IN EASY

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

Maximum 1400 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

STR4P | high-gloss silver (50), glass with decoration in chrome 61

278

STR4P + BTE2 high-gloss silver (50), glass with decoration in chrome 62

STR4P + BTE3 high-gloss silver (50), glass with decoration in chrome 67

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: STR4P 100 50 62 = EASY Walk-in shower enclosure with wall connection profile, width 1000 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG chrome decor Tree STR4P | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE WITH WALL CONNECTION PROFILE

tempered safety glass 8 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1250 mm (can be shortened) | total height incl. stabilizer bar 2017 mm | reversible

Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

50=high-gloss silver

61= Vertical lines 62= Tree 67= Water threads

900 2) 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000

STR4P STR4P STR4P STR4P

090 100 120 140

50 50 50 50

xx xx xx xx

ACCESSORIES

Model

Colour

Length

Reference

50=high-gloss silver

(mm)

RE SD8 WPE

.50. .50. .50.

1000 1000 2000

Corner stabilizer bar Vertical supporting bar (maximum ceiling height for anchoring in the ceiling 3000 mm) Connection profile WPE for L-mounting (combination 2xSTR4P)

Model

Connecting part allows connection of two horizontal stabilizer bars (combination 2xSTR4P)

Mounting set BTE2 - short rotating wall at 90° 4) Mounting set BTE3 - short rotating wall at 180° 4)

STR4P + STR4P + VT90

10=chrome

VT90

.10

Model

Width

Reference

(mm)

50=high-gloss silver

61= Vertical lines 67= Water threads

BTE2 BTE3

0420 0406

50 50

xx xx

Colour

Glass

Model Montering Width

Mounting set BTE2 - short rotating wall at 90° 4) Mounting set BTE3 - short rotating wall at 180° 4)

STR4P

Colour

Reference 3)

Colour

Reference L=left R=right

(mm)

50=high-gloss silver

BTE2 BTE3

0420 0406

50 50

x x

Glass STR4P + STR4P + WPE

62= Tree 62 62

STR4P + BTE2L

WE RECOMMEND ACCESSORIES ON PAGE 281 (TOWEL RAILS, SHELVES).

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

STR4P+ SMGE

Dimensions from wall to glass edge

Standard dimensions

Width

Shower enclosure (-18 mm; +7 mm)

900 1000 1200 1400

882-907 982-1007 1182-1207 1382-1407

COMMENT

STR4P + VT90.10 + STR4P | high-gloss silver (50), Tree (62)

STR4P + BTE2 + BTE2 + SMGE

1) - DELIVERY INCLUDES FLOOR STRIP TO SIMPLIFY INSTALLATION AND PROTECT CORNERS. 2) - WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE WITH WIDTH 900 MM IS AVAILABLE ONLY FOR THE GLASS-DECOR 67-VERTICAL LINES. 3) - THE CONNECTING ELEMENT VT90.10 (OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES) IS DESIGNED TO COMBINE TWO STR4P WALK-IN WITH NECESSARY WIDTH (ALLOWS YOU TO CONNECT TWO HORIZONTAL STABILIZERS, WHICH STANDARDLY SUPPLIED). 4) - MORE INFORMATION ABOUT MOUNTING SETS YOU CAN FIND ON PAGE 281. ! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

279

WALK-IN

STR4P + BTE3L

WALK-IN EASY - Accessories For more information, see page 314

WALK-IN EASY STR4P with practical stand, including shelves and towel rail

Accessories - on the wall: KASW2.09.1000 280

Accessories - located at the front: KASF2.50.1000

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: BTE2 0420 50 07 = mounting set BTE2, width 421 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear ACCESSORIES - MOUNTING SET BTE2 | SHORT ROTATING WALL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | ceiling or stabilizer bar with stable fixing, connecting profile + short swivel wall 420 mm Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Height

420

2000

Width

Colour

Glass

06=matt black Reference Dimension 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver BTE2

0420

Special dimensions

20=Parsol grey 82=Japan 89=Loft 89 90=Loft 90

Glass

07=TSG clear 500-2000

BTE2

Standard dimensions 1)

SM1

Model

Width

Height

Reference

420

2000

BTE2

BTE2 + STR4P

Mounting

Width

Colour

Dimension

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver

0420

L=left R=right x

62=Tree 69=Loft 69 81=Brume

421

400-800

61= Vertical lines 67= Water threads 68=Shade

07=TSG clear

ACCESSORIES - MOUNTING SET BTE3 | SHORT ROTATING WALL AT 180°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | ceiling or stabilizer bar with stable fixing, connecting profile + short swivel wall 406 mm Model Width Colour Glass Standard dimensions 1) Width

Height

406

2000

06=matt black Reference Dimension 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver BTE3

0406

Special dimensions 400-800

Standard dimensions

61= Vertical lines 67= Water threads 68=Shade

07=TSG clear

20=Parsol grey 82=Japan 89=Loft 89 90=Loft 90

BTE3 + STR4P

07=TSG clear 500-2000

BTE3

SM1

Model

Width

Height

Reference

406

2000

BTE3

Mounting

Width

Colour

Dimension

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver

0406

L=left R=right

ACCESSORIES

Connection profile WPE for L-mounting (combination 2xSTR4P)

406

Glass 62=Tree 69=Loft 69 81=Brume xx

Model

Colour

Length

Reference

06=matt black 09=white matt 50=high-gloss silver

(mm)

WPE

.xx.

2000

WALK-IN

STR4P + WPE + STR4P + BTE2L

STR4P + WPE + STR4P + BTE3L

STR4P + BTE2 | matt black (06), Loft 69

COMMENT

STR4P + BTE3 | high-gloss silver (50), Brume (81)

1) - PLEASE ORDER THE BTE2/BTE3 MOUNTING SET EXCLUSIVELY WITH A SEPARATE WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE STR4P.

! Please read the technical information at the end of this chapter.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

281

WALK-IN EASY | EXAMPLES OF INDIVIDUAL SOLUTIONS

STR4P Walk-in shower enclosure with bevel/cut-out

STR4P + WPE + STR4P L-mounting: two Walk-in shower enclosures with connecting profile

282

BTE2 + STR4P + BTE2 Walk-in TRIO: Walk-in shower enclosure with 2 short rotating walls, which partially prevent water splashing from the shower area. Note: for Walk-in TRIO it is necessary to order the second horizontal stabilizer bar SMGE2.XX.1250. Only one horizontal stabilizer bar is supplied as standard.

WALK-IN EASY | TECHNOLOGY AND DESIGN DESIGN AND FUNCTIONALITY

|1|

|2|

Standard delivered horizontal stabilizer bar • To ensure optimal stability • Length 1250 mm, the stabilizer bar can be shortened to size • For walk-in screens standing in the space it is necessary to order an additional horizontal stabilizer bar SMGE.XX.1250 (only 1 horizontal stabilizer bar is included in the EASY walk-in screen). Optional accessories - ceiling or corner stabilizer bar • Ceiling bar for anchoring to the ceiling, height up to 1000 mm (1) • Corner bar, length 1000 mm (2)

TECHNICAL ADVANTAGES Easy installation: • Wall connection profile - enables an adjustment range of 25 mm

Bottom profile • The delivery of the Walk-in EASY shower enclosure includes a floor strip for simplified assembly and edge protection.

Connecting part VT90.XX allows connection of two standard delivered horizontal stabilizer bars. • VT90.XX for connection of two EASY Walk-in shower enclosures. • VT90.XX as optional accessories

|1| |2|

WALK-IN

Connecting profile WPE for L-mounting (combination 2xSTR4P) • The WPE profile allow the connection of two Walk-in shower enclosures for L-shaped mounting. • WPE profile as optional accessories

Mounting sets - short rotating walls BTE2 and BTE3 with tempered safety glass 6 mm • BTE2: short rotating wall at 90°, width 421 mm, height 2000 mm (1) • BTE3: short rotating wall at 180°, width 406 mm, height 2000 mm (2) • Available in colors: high-gloss silver, matt black, matt white 283

WALK-IN EASY | TECHNICAL INFORMATION INSTALLATION OF EASY WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE A | Dimension measured from the tiled wall to the outer edge of the shower tray

Walk-in shower enclosures are equipped with a wall connecting profile (adjustable from -18 to +7 mm)

L-MOUNTING OF TWO WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURES USING WPE CONNECTION PROFILE Standard width

Width C or D = Middle of glass

800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600

787 887 987 1087 1187 1287 1387 1487 1587

A D

C B

A-B | Measured dimension from the wall to the outer edge of the tray C-D | Dimension measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass

Walk-in shower enclosures are equipped with a leveling profile (adjustable from - 13 to + 12 mm). Standard dimensions can be used only if they correspond to the values in the table (taking into account the tolerance), otherwise a special dimension is required.

INSTALLATION OF EASY WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE AND ROTATING WALL BTE2 AT 90° C

421

45°

421

45°

C A

A | Measured dimension from the wall to the outer edge of the tray B | Measured dimension from wall to outer edge of revolving wall located at 180° C | Measured dimension from the wall to the outer edge of the rotating wall located at 90°

Standard width

Width C Width B = center of the rotating wall = outer edge of the rotating wall

800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600

787 887 987 1087 1187 1287 1387 1487 1587

1169 1269 1369 1469 1569 1669 1769 1869 1969

Walk-in shower enclosures are equipped with a leveling profile (adjustable from - 16 to + 9 mm). Standard dimensions can be used only if they correspond to the values in the table (taking into account the tolerance), otherwise a special dimension is required.

INSTALLATION OF EASY WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE AND ROTATING WALL BTE3 AT 180° 406

45°

A | Measured dimension from wall to outer edge of revolving wall located at 180° 284

Dimensions in mm.

Standard width

Width A = outer edge of the pivot panel

800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600

1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000

INSTALLATION OF EASY WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE IN SPACE Standard width Width B = outer edge of the shower enclosure

B 12,5

800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600

A | Tray width B|M easured dimension to the outer edge of the Walk-in shower enclosure

B A

775 875 975 1075 1175 1275 1375 1475 1575

No adjustment options.

L-MOUNTING OF TWO WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURES USING WPE CONNECTION PROFILE AND BTE ROTATING WALL AT 90° C

45°

Standard width

Width D = center of the glass at 90°

800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600

791 891 991 1091 1191 1291 1391 1491 1591

Walk-in shower enclosures are equipped with a leveling profile (adjustable from - 17 to + 8 mm). Standard dimensions can be used only if they correspond to the values in the table (taking into account the tolerance), otherwise a special dimension is required.

A-B | M easured dimension from the wall to the outer edge of the tray (A) resp. from the outer edge to the outer edge of the tray (B) C-D | D imension measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass

INSTALLATION OF EASY WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE AND TWO ROTATING WALLS BTE2 AT 90°

45°

B A

Width B Width C = center of the rotating wall = outer edge of the rotating wall

800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600

45°

45° 45°

45°

Standard width

A | Tray width B|M easured dimension to the glass-center of the left rotating wall to the glasscenter of the righ rotating wall C | Measured dimension from the outer edge to the outer edge of the rotating walls

757 857 957 1057 1157 1257 1357 1457 1557

1522 1622 1722 1822 1922 2022 2122 2222 2322

No adjustment options

L-MOUNTING OF TWO EASY WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURES AND ROTATING WALL BTE3 AT 180° 11

45°

45° 45°

45° B 0

C B

A-B | M easured dimension from the wall to the outer edge of the tray (A) resp. from the outer edge to the outer edge of the tray (B) C-D | Dimension measured from the tiled wall to the middle of the glass Dimensions in mm.

Standard width

Width D = center of the glass at 90°

800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600

791 891 991 1091 1191 1291 1391 1491 1591

WALK-IN

WALK-IN TOP-LINE S

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)

TOPF2 + BTK1 stabilizer bar | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07).



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

BTK1 | stabilizer bar

TOPF2 + BTK1 telescopic support | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 286

BTK1 | telescopic support

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: TOPF2 075 01 07 = TOP-LINE S Walk-in shower enclosure, width 750 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07)

TOPF2 | TOP-LINE S - WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | total height inclusive stabilizer bar 2023 mm | reversible A BTK1 MOUNTING SET MUST ALWAYS BE ORDERED FOR A SEPARATE FIXED WALL

Standard dimensions

Model

Width

Colour 2)

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 3) 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2

070 075 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000 up to 2000

TOPF2 TOPF2

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

30=Master Carré 51= screenprinted band 1

Special dimensions 1) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

TOPF2 + BTK1 with stabilizer bar

ACCESSORIES: BTK1 | MOUNTING SET

TELESCOPIC SUPPORT OR STABILIZER BAR IN A PROFILE KIT

length of horizontal / ceiling stabilizer 1500 mm | maximum ceiling height with telescopic support 2800 mm Standard dimensions

Model

Colour 2)

Height

Reference

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

Dimension

2000

BTK1

.xx.

2000

up to 2000

BTK1

.xx.

SM1

TOPF2 + BTK1 with telescopic support

Special dimensions

EXTRAS Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Standard dimensions

Width

Shower panel (-25 mm; 0 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

675-700 725-750 775-800 875-900 975-1000 1175-1200 1375-1400

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

WALK-IN

Installation dimensions from the wall to the edge of the profile

(-25 mm; 0 mm) 840-865

COMMENT

1) - IN CASE OF INSTALLATION OF A SIDE WALL WITH A DOOR ON A TILED FLOOR, IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN NOMINAL AND ACTUAL WIDTH. SEE TECH. INFORMATION AT THE END OF THE CHAPTER TOP LINE S. 2) - TOP-LINE S PRODUCTS CAN ALSO BE DELIVERED IN SANITARY COLORS (SF), MORE INFORMATION ON PAGE 16. 3) - ALL SHOWER ENCLOSURES OF THE BLACK LINE SERIE ARE AVAILABLE ONLY IN TRANSPARENT GLASS (07).

! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER TOP-LINE S.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

287

WALK-IN TOP-LINE S

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)

TOPF2 + BTK22 movable panel at 90°, with stabilizer bar, stabilizer bar | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07).



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

BTK22 | stabilizer bar

TOPF2 + BTK22 movable panel at 90°, with telescopic support | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) BTK22 | telescopic support 288

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: TOPF2 075 01 07 = TOP-LINE S Walk-in shower enclosure, width 750 mm, height 2000 mm, matt silver, TSG clear All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07)

TOPF2 | TOP-LINE S - WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | total height inclusive stabilizer bar 2023 mm | reversible A BT22 MOUNTING SET MUST ALWAYS BE ORDERED FOR A SEPARATE FIXED WALL

Standard dimensions

Model

Width

Colour 2)

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 3) 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2

070 075 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000 up to 2000

TOPF2 TOPF2

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

30=Master Carré 51= screenprinted band 1

TOPF2 + BTK22 with stabilizer bar

Special dimensions 1) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

ACCESSORIES: MOUNTING SET BTK22 | SHORT ROTATING WALL AT 90° Standard dimensions

Model

Width

Colour 2)

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 3) 50=high-gloss silver

437

2000

BTK22

0437

up to 2000

BTK22

SM1

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

30=Master Carré 51= screenprinted band

TOPF2 + BTK22 with telescopic support

437

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | total width of standard profile + movable side panel 437 mm | length of horizontal / ceiling stabilizer 1500 mm | maximum ceiling height with telescopic support 2800 mm

Special dimensions 200 - 600

EXTRAS Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

TOPF2 + BTK22

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Standard dimensions

Width

Shower panel (-25 mm; 0 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

675-700 725-750 775-800 875-900 975-1000 1175-1200 1375-1400

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

WALK-IN

Installation dimensions from the wall to the edge of the profile

(-25 mm; 0 mm) 840-865

COMMENT

! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER TOP-LINE S.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

289

WALK-IN TOP-LINE S

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)

TOPF2 + BTK32 movable panel at 180°, with stabilizer bar | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

All BLACK LINE shower enclosures are available only with clear glass (07).



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

BTK32 | stabilizer bar

TOPF2 + BTK32 movable panel at 180°, with telescopic support | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) BTK32 | telescopic support 290

TOPF2 | TOP-LINE S - WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | total height inclusive stabilizer bar 2023 mm | reversible A BT32 MOUNTING SET MUST ALWAYS BE ORDERED FOR A SEPARATE FIXED WALL

Standard dimensions

Model

Width

Colour 2)

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 3) 50=high-gloss silver

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2 TOPF2

070 075 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

up to 2000 up to 2000

TOPF2 TOPF2

SM1 SM2

xx xx

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

30=Master Carré 51= screenprinted band 1

Special dimensions 1) 250 - 800 801 - 1400

TOPF2 + BTK32 with stabilizer bar

ACCESSORIES: MOUNTING SET BTK32 | SHORT ROTATING WALL AT 180°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | total width of standard profile + movable side panel 400 mm. | length of horizontal / ceiling stabilizer 1500 mm | maximum ceiling height with telescopic support 2800 mm Standard dimensions

Model

Width

Colour 2)

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 3) 50=high-gloss silver

400

2000

BTK32

0400

up to 2000

BTK32

SM1

07=TSG clear 22=Graniet

30=Master Carré 51= screenprinted band

TOPF2 + BTK32 with telescopic support 400

Special dimensions 200 - 600

EXTRAS Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

TOPF2 + BTK32

Standard dimensions

Width

Shower panel (-25 mm; 0 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200 1400

675-700 725-750 775-800 875-900 975-1000 1175-1200 1375-1400

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

WALK-IN

Installation dimensions from the wall to the edge of the profile

(-25 mm; 0 mm) 840-865

COMMENT

! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER TOP-LINE S.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

291

292

DIVERA WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURES

DIVERA offers premium quality, high flexibility and sophisticated functionality.

WALK-IN

The new range of shower enclosures has a completely modular structure, consisting of swing and sliding doors that can be combined with variable fixed walls in the plane or side walls to create a wide range of basic variants.

We offer the following variants of Walk-in and side walls:

NEW 293

WALK-IN DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

D22WI1V | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D22WI1V | matt black (06), clear glass (07) 294

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22WI1V 080 50 07 = DIVERA Walk-in shower enclosure incl. mounting set (ceiling stabilizer bar), width of the fixed panel 800 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear D22WI1V | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE INCL. MOUNTING SET (CEILING STABILIZER BAR) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | telescopic support 1200 mm (can be shortened) | delivery in 2 packages

Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22WI1V D22WI1V D22WI1V D22WI1V D22WI1V D22WI1V

070 080 090 100 120 140

Colour

Glass

06=matt black 07=TSG clear 50=high-gloss silver xx xx xx xx xx xx

87=Screen 88=white lines

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

D22WI1V with ceiling bar

D22F1 | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | delivery in 1 package Special dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1 D22F1

SM1 SM2

Colour

Glass

06=matt black 07=TSG clear 50=high-gloss silver xx xx

87=Screen 88=white lines

07 07

xx xx

D22WI1V CAN BE COMBINED WITH ADDITIONAL SIDE WALL D22F3 FOR L-MOUNTING. SEE PAGES 254-255.

D22F1SM + D22BTK1VSM

D22BTK1V | MOUNTING SET (CEILING STABILIZER BAR) OPTIONS TO ORDER

length of telescopic support 1200 mm | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions

Model

Colour 06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

Height

For side panel height

Reference

2000

D22BTK1V

xx.

2000

up to 2000

D22BTK1V

xx.

SM1

Dimension

D22WI1V + D22F3

Special dimensions

EXTRAS

WALK-IN

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Standard dimensions

Width

Shower enclosure (-20 mm; +5 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

COMMENT

1) - SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION ON SHOWER TRAY. FOR INSTALLATION ON TILED FLOOR, PLEASE CONSIDER THE TILING DIMENSIONS AT THE END OF THE DIVERA CHAPTER.

! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER DIVERA.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

295

WALK-IN DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

D22WI1H | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D22WI1H + D22WI1H + VTBTK | matt black (06), clear glass (07) 296

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22WI1H 080 50 07 = D IVERA Walk-in shower enclosure incl. mounting set (horizontal stabilizer bar), width of the fixed panel 800 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear D22WI1H | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE INCL. MOUNTING SET (HORIZONTAL STABILIZER BAR) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1200 mm (can be shortened) | delivery in 2 packages Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22WI1H D22WI1H D22WI1H D22WI1H D22WI1H D22WI1H

070 080 090 100 120 140

Colour

Glass

06=matt black 07=TSG clear 50=high-gloss silver xx xx xx xx xx xx

87=Screen 88=white lines

07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

D22WI1H with horizontal bar

D22F1 | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | delivery in 1 package Special dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1 D22F1

SM1 SM2

Colour

Glass

06=matt black 07=TSG clear 50=high-gloss silver xx xx

87=Screen 88=white lines

07 07

xx xx

D22WI1H CAN BE COMBINED WITH ADDITIONAL SIDE WALL D22F3 FOR L-MOUNTING. SEE PAGES 254-255. D22BTK1H | MOUNTING SET (HORIZONTAL STABILIZER BAR)

D22F1SM + D22BTK1HSM

OPTIONS TO ORDER

length of horizontal bar 1200 mm | delivery in 1 package Standard dimensions

Model

Colour

Height

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

For side panel height

Reference

2000

D22BTK1H

xx.

2000

up to 2000

D22BTK1H

xx.

SM1

Special dimensions

Dimension

D22WI1H + D22F3

ACCESSORIES VTBTK | CONNECTION PART - FOR CONNECTION OF 2 HORIZONTAL STABILIZER BARS (COMBINATION 2X D22WI1H) Model Reference

Colour 06=matt black 10=chrome

VTBTK

EXTRAS

.xx

D22WI1H + D22WI1H + VTBTK.10

WALK-IN

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Standard dimensions

Width

Shower enclosure (-20 mm; +5 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

COMMENT

1) - SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION ON SHOWER TRAY. FOR INSTALLATION ON TILED FLOOR, PLEASE CONSIDER THE TILING DIMENSIONS AT THE END OF THE DIVERA CHAPTER.

! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER DIVERA.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

297

WALK-IN DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

D22WI2 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D22WI2 + D22SDK | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 298

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22WI2 070 50 07 = D IVERA WALK-IN shower enclosure with panel at 90°, width of the fixed panel 700 mm, width of panel 457 mm,, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear D22WI2 | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE WITH PANEL AT 90°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1200 mm (can be shortened) | delivery in 2 packages Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Width A

Width B

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

457 457 457 457 457 457

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22WI2 D22WI2 D22WI2 D22WI2 D22WI2 D22WI2

070 080 090 100 120 140

xx xx xx xx xx xx

Glass 1

87=Screen 88=white lines

07=TSG clear 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

D22F1 | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE

D22WI2 with horizontal bar

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | delivery in 1 package Model

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1 D22F1

SM1 SM2

Colour

Glass

06=matt black 07=TSG clear 50=high-gloss silver xx xx

Special dimensions 1)

87=Screen 88=white lines

07 07

xx xx

D22WI2 CAN BE COMBINED WITH ADDITIONAL SIDE WALL D22F3 FOR L-MOUNTING. SEE PAGES 254-255. OPTIONS TO ORDER

D22SDK | T ELESCOPIC SUPPORT

D22WI2 + D22F3

- FIXING WITH CEILING STABILIZATION BAR D22SDK

length of telescopic support 1500 mm | max. ceiling height with telescopic ceiling bar 2900 mm Model

Colour 06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

Reference D22SDK

D22BTK2 | MOVABLE SIDE PANEL 90°

2) 3)

Length Dimension

.xx.

1500

OPTIONS TO ORDER

total width standard profile + movable swing panel, width 457 mm | glass 6 mm | length of horizontal bar 1200 mm | delivery in 1 package

Standard dimensions

Model

Width

Colour

D22WI2 + D22SDK with telescopic support

Glass

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

457

2000

D22BTK2

0457

up to 2000

D22BTK2

SM1

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=white lines

Special dimensions 200-600

D22F1 + D22BTK2

EXTRAS ONLY FOR D22BTK2 WALK-IN

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Standard dimensions

Width

Shower enclosure (-20 mm; +5 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

COMMENT

1) - SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION ON SHOWER TRAY. FOR INSTALLATION ON TILED FLOOR, PLEASE CONSIDER THE TILING DIMENSIONS AT THE END OF THE DIVERA CHAPTER. 2) - THIS D22BTK2 KIT CAN ALSO BE ORDERED SEPARATELY, IN ORDER TO TRANSFORM AN EXISTING WALK-IN D22WI1 INTO D22WI2. 3) - WHEN YOU ORDER D22BTK2 SM1 YOU SHOULD ORDER ALSO D22F1.

! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER DIVERA.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

299

WALK-IN DIVERA

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1800 mm

D22WI3 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

D22WI3 + D22SDK | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07) 300

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: D22WI3 110 50 07 = D IVERA Walk-in shower enclosure with panel at 180°, width of the fixed panel 700 mm, width of panel 400 mm, height 2000 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear D22WI3 | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE WITH PANEL AT 180°

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | stabilizer bar 1200 mm (can be shortened) | delivery in 2 packages Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Width A

Width C

Width B

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

1100 1200 1300 1400 1600 1800

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

400 400 400 400 400 400

2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

D22WI3 D22WI3 D22WI3 D22WI3 D22WI3 D22WI3

110 120 130 140 160 180

xx xx xx xx xx xx

Glass 1

87=Screen 88=white lines

07=TSG clear 07 07 07 07 07 07

xx xx xx xx xx xx

D22F1 | WALK-IN SHOWER ENCLOSURE

D22WI3 with stabilizer bar

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | delivery in 1 package Special dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

250 - 800 801 - 1400

up to 2000 up to 2000

D22F1 D22F1

SM1 SM2

Colour

Glass

06=matt black 07=TSG clear 50=high-gloss silver xx xx

87=Screen 88=white lines

07 07

C A

xx xx

D22WI3 CAN BE COMBINED WITH ADDITIONAL SIDE WALL D22F3 FOR L-MOUNTING. SEE PAGES 254-255. OPTIONS TO ORDER

D22SDK | T ELESCOPIC SUPPORT

D22WI3 + D22F3

- FIXING WITH CEILING STABILIZATION BAR D22SDK

length of telescopic support 1500 mm | max. ceiling height with telescopic ceiling bar 2900 mm Model

Colour

Length

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

Reference D22SDK

Dimension

.xx.

1500

D22BTK3 | MOVABLE SIDE PANEL 180° 2) OPTIONS TO ORDER

total width standard profile + movable swing panel, width 400 mm | glass 6 mm | length of horizontal bar 1200 mm | delivery in 1 package

Standard dimensions

Model

Width

Colour

Glass 87=Screen 88=white lines

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

400

2000

D22BTK3

0400

200-600

up to 2000

D22BTK3

SM1

xxw

Special dimensions

D22WI3 + D22SDK with telescopic support

07=TSG clear

D22F1 + D22BTK3

EXTRAS FOR D22BTK3 WALK-IN

Z.AUS.001 (price based on special dimensions price) each

Bevel/cut-out

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Standard dimensions

Width

Shower enclosure (-20 mm; +5 mm)

700 800 900 1000 1200 1400

680-705 780-805 880-905 980-1005 1180-1205 1380-1405

COMMENT

1) - SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION ON SHOWER TRAY. FOR INSTALLATION ON TILED FLOOR, PLEASE CONSIDER THE TILING DIMENSIONS AT THE END OF THE DIVERA CHAPTER. 2) - WHEN YOU ORDER D22BTK3 SM1 YOU SHOULD ORDER ALSO D22F1.

! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER DIVERA.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

301

302

BATH SCREENS SHOWERING COMFORT IN SMALL BATHROOMS Showering pleasure in small bathrooms, in which there is no space for a separate shower, is not a problem with a SanSwiss bath screen. SanSwiss offers you specialized bath screens for the bath tub in almost every range. Single-, double- or triplepanelled with solid framed profile or frameless. The deciding factor is the customer's desire.

BATH SCREENS:

BATH SCREENS

CADURA �� 304-305 SOLINO �� 306-309 EASY �� 310-311

Available bath screens and side panel versions:

303

CADURA

Standard 1600 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1400 mm

SOFT



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

CAW2B G | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

CAW2B G | matt black (06), clear glass (07) 304

NEW

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: CAW2B G 120 50 07 = C ADURA bath screen sliding door 1 pc. with fixed panel, fixed part on the left, width 1200 mm, height 1600 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear CAW2B | CADURA - BATH SCREEN SLIDING DOOR 1 PC. WITH FIXED PANEL tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | 10 mm water deflector strip | stabilizer bar 1500 mm Standard dimensions

Model

Fixed part

Width

Colour

Total width A

Width of glass B

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

1200 1400

640 740

1600 1600

CAW2B CAW2B

x x

120 140

xx xx

Glass

07=TSG clear

87=Screen

07 07

87 87

CAW2B G

CAW2B G open bath screen

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS Standard dimensions

BATH SCREENS

Dimensions from the wall to the outer edge of the glass Bath screen

Width

Width A (-17 mm; +6 mm)

Width B (-17 mm; +6 mm)

1200 1400

1183-1206 1383-1406

651 751

! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER CADURA.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

305

SOLINO

Standard 1500 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

SOLB1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

306

SOEB1 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

SOEB1 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

SOEB13 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

SOEB13 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOLB1 0750 01 07 = SOLINO bath screen 1 pc. (swingable), width 750 mm, height 1500 mm, matt silver, TSG clear SOLB1 | SOLINO BATH SCREEN 1 PC. (SWINGABLE) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | 180° opening Standard dimensions 1) 2)

Model

Width

Colour

Total width A

Width of glass B

Height

Reference

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 50=high-gloss silver

750 850

685 785

1500 1500

SOLB1 SOLB1

0750 0850

xx xx

Glass 07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

07 07

xx xx

SOLB1

B A

SOEB1 | SOLINO BATH SCREEN 1 PC. (SWINGABLE) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | 180° opening Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Total width A

Width of glass B

Height

Reference

Dimension

01=matt silver 04=white 06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

750 850

685 785

1500 1500

SOEB1 SOEB1

0750 0850

xx xx

Glass

07=TSG clear

87=Screen 88=White lines

07 07

xx xx

SOEB1

B A

SOEB13 | SOLINO BATH SCREEN 1 PC. WITH FIXED PANEL IN LINE (SWINGABLE) tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | 180° opening | corner stabilizer bar Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Total width A

Width fixed panel B

Height

Reference

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

900 1000 1100 1200

350 350 400 450

1500 1500 1500 1500

SOEB13 SOEB13 SOEB13 SOEB13

090 100 110 120

xx xx xx xx

Glass 07=TSG clear 07 07 07 07

87=Screen 88=White lines xx xx xx xx

SOEB13

BATH SCREENS

COMMENT

1) - THE BATH SCREEN IS SYMMETRICAL AND CAN BE INSTALLED LEFT OR RIGHT. 2) - DUE TO THE DESIGN OF THE GLASS THE WIDTH MATCHES THE DIMENSIONS FROM THE WALL TO THE WIDEST PART OF THE GLASS.

! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER SOLINO.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

307

SOLINO

Standard 1500 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm

SOLB2 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07)

BLACK LINE: Visible parts in matt black (06)



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

SOLB2 | matt black (06), clear glass (07)

308

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: SOLB2 G 090 50 07 = SOLINO bath screen 2 pcs. (swingable and foldable), hinges on the left, width 900 mm, height 1500 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear SOLB2 | SOLINO BATH SCREEN 2 PCS. (SWINGABLE AND FOLDABLE),

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | 180° opening | recessed glass-glass hinges with outward opening only Standard dimensions

Model

Hinges

Width

Colour

Total width

Width B

Height

Reference

G=left D=right

Dimension

06=matt black 50=high-gloss silver

900 1000 1100 1200

511 561 611 661

1500 1500 1500 1500

SOLB2 SOLB2 SOLB2 SOLB2

x x x x

090 100 110 120

xx xx xx xx

Glass 07=TSG clear 07 07 07 07

87=Screen 88=White lines xx xx xx xx

SOLB2G

-17;+0

BATH SCREENS

! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER SOLINO.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

309

EASY

Standard 1500 mm

SAFETY GLASS 6 mm

Maximum 1200 mm



Explanation of symbols see fold-out page of back cover.

STR4P6B | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07), corner stabilizer bar

STR4P6B + SMGE2 | high-gloss silver (50), clear glass (07), stabilizer bar 310

ARTICLE NO. CAN BE FOUND IN GREY FIELDS: STR4P6B 090 50 07 = EASY bath screen (fixed panel), width 900 mm, height 1500 mm, high-gloss silver, TSG clear STR4P6B | BATH SCREEN (FIXED PANEL)

tempered safety glass 6 mm, Aquaperle glass coating | corner stabilizer bar Standard dimensions 1)

Model

Width

Colour

Glass 1

Width

Height

Reference

Dimension

50=high-gloss silver

07=TSG clear

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500

STR4P6B STR4P6B STR4P6B STR4P6B STR4P6B STR4P6B

070 075 080 090 100 120

50 50 50 50 50 50

07 07 07 07 07 07

up to 1500 up to 1500

STR4P6B STR4P6B

SM1 SM2

50 50

07 07

STR4P6B

Special dimensions 1) 250 - 800 801 - 1200

STR4P6B + SMGE2.50.1250

ACCESSORIES SMGE2.50.1250

Stabilizer bar, high-gloss silver, length 1250 mm

Standard dimensions

Width

Bath screen (-12 mm; +5 mm)

700 750 800 900 1000 1200

688-705 738-755 788-805 888-905 988-1005 1188-1205

Special dimensions e.g.: 865

BATH SCREENS

INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

(-12 mm; +5 mm) 853-870

COMMENT

1) - THE BATH SCREEN IS SYMMETRICAL AND CAN BE INSTALLED LEFT OR RIGHT.

! TECHNICAL INFORMATION AT THE END OF CHAPTER WALK-IN EASY.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

311

312

ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES, CLEANING AND CARE PRODUCTS, SEALING STRIPS AND PROFILES Regular cleaning and maintenance of your shower enclosure will ensure you beauty and trouble-free operation for many years. Useful accessories, such as a folding shower seat or a combination of a towel holder and glass shelves, increase the comfort of the shower. They are useful accessories in the bathroom. Last but not least, the timely replacement of worn seals will ensure the good function of the shower enclosures and allow you to enjoy the shower experience for many years.

ACCESSORIES :

313

ACCESSORIES

Shower seat COMFORT �� 314 Towel rail / Glass shelf �� 314 Cleaning and care products �� 315 Stabilizer bar / vertical support bar �� 316-317 Corner stabilizer bar �� 318 Sealing strips �� 319-320 Magnetic seals / cover strips �� 321 Special profiles �� 322-326 Mounting sets, water deflector strip �� 327

ACCESSORIES DUS1 | SHOWER SEAT COMFORT

Practical shower seat for easy wall mounting, foldable, maximum load capacity up to 120 kg, available in white or dark grey

Shower seat COMFORT

Width A

Width of seating surface B

Reference

Colour

Model

S= dark grey/ chrome W=white/chrome

Total depth C

The COMFORT shower seat provides comfort and safety while showering. With its elegant and contemporary design, it fits easily into a wide variety of bathroom furnishings. When not in use it is space saving folded upwards. The ergonomic seat is easy to clean. It has a maximum load capacity of 120 kg and corresponds to the guidelines for medical devices.

325

280

325

DUS1

B C

TOWEL RAIL / GLASS SHELF / STAND WITH SHELVES FOR EASY WALK-IN Series

Description

Reference

Towel rail 1) length 400 mm

PS2.10.400

Towel rail 1) length 600 mm

PS2.10.600

Glass shelf 1) length 400 mm

PT2.10.400

Glass shelf 1) length 600 mm

PT2.10.600

Towel rail + glass shelf 1) length 400 mm

PST2.10.400

Towel rail + Glass shelf 1) length 600 mm

PST2.10.600

EASY

WALL ACCESSORIES 2)\ It consists of a bearing (aluminum) profile (length 1000 mm), 2 shelves, 1 soap dish. Modular accessories.

KASW2.50.1000 (high-gloss silver) KASW2.06.1000 (matt black) KASW2.09.1000 (white matt)

EASY

ACCESSORIES – located in front 2) It consists of a load-bearing (aluminum) profile (length 1000 mm), 2 shelves, towel rail, 1 soap dish. Modular accessories.

KASF2.50.1000 (high-gloss silver) KASF2.06.1000 (matt black) KASF2.09.1000 (matt white)

EASY

Storage box 2) It allows you to keep dry various accessories (glasses, jewelry, etc.). Removable storage box with cover. Drainage system that prevents water from settling inside the wall.

PUR

COMMENT

1) - ONLY FOR SIDE WALL WITH SPECIAL DIMENSIONS. THE MINIMUM WIDTH OF THE SIDE WALL IS 750 MM. 2) - SEE PAGE 280 FOR LARGER PHOTOS.

314

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

KABC.50 (high-gloss silver/chrome) KABC.06 (matt black) KABC.09 (matt white)

ACCESSORIES CLEANING AND CARE PRODUCTS Reference

• Professional cleaning and care agent for shower enclosures. • Effective protection and care for coated glass surfaces. • Hygienic cleaning with a pleasant fresh scent.

Volume (ml)

Model

500

17223.2

UNIVERSAL

SanSwiss Cleaner „Protect Cleaner“

Reference

• Special cleaner for SanSwiss shower screen glass • Gives glass surfaces a lasting brilliant shine • Cleans without streaks and is particularly gentle

Volume (ml)

Model

500

17224.2

FOR GLASS

SanSwiss Cleaner „Glass Cleaner“

Reference

• Cleaner for SanSwiss shower screens (glass, profiles and hinges) • Highly effective for removing built-up dirt and limescale • Particularly suitable for cleaning glass with AQUAPERLE antiplaque treatment

Volume (ml)

Model

500

17225.2

EXTRA STRONG

SanSwiss Cleaner „Power Cleaner“

Reference SanSwiss - plastic squeegee

Width (mm)

Model

• Convenient glass squeegee made of double-striped plastic for quick and efficient cleaning of glass surfaces • Packing of 10 pieces; only the whole package

200

13017.10

SanSwiss - metal squeegee

Width (mm)

Model

• Luxury stainless steel squeegee for easy and quick cleaning of windows • Includes a handy holder to attach to the screen • Pack of 1 piece

200

13037

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

315

ACCESSORIES

Reference

ACCESSORIES STABILIZER BARS Series

Description

PUR

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened wall - glass, length 1250 mm

SMG2.10.1250

PUR

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened wall - glass + T-piece, length 1600 mm

SMGT2.10.1600

PUR

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened wall - wall + T-piece, length 1600 mm

SMMT2.10.1600

PUR

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened wall - wall + T-piece, length 2000 mm

SMMT2.10.2000

PUR

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened glass - glass, length 1250 mm

SGG2.10.1250

PUR

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened glass - glass + T-piece, length 1600 mm

SGGT2.10.1600

316

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

Reference

ACCESSORIES STABILIZER BARS Series

Description

ANNEA

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened wall - glass, length 1500 mm

SMGA.06.1500 (matt black)

ANNEA

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened wall - glass + T-piece, length 1500 mm

SMGTA.06.1500 (matt black)

ANNEA

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened wall - wall + T-piece, length 1500 mm

SMMA.06.1500 (matt black)

SOLINO SOLINO M

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened wall - glass, length 1500 mm

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened wall - glass + T-piece, length 1500 mm

SOLINO

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened wall - glass + T-piece, length 1600 mm

SMGS.50.1500 (high-gloss silver) SMGS.06.1500 (matt black) SMGTS.50.1500 SMGTS2.50.1500 (SOL31+SOLT3) (high-gloss silver) SMGTS.06.1500 SMGTS2.06.1500 (SOL31+SOLT3) (matt black) SMGTS.50.1600 (high-gloss silver) SMGTS.06.1600 (matt black)

SOLINO

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened wall - wall + T-piece, length 1500 mm

SMMS.50.1500 SMMS2.50.1500 (SOL31) (high-gloss silver) SMMS.06.1500 SMMS2.06.1500 (SOL31) (matt black)

EASY

Stabilizer bar, can be shortened wall - glass, length 1250 mm

SMGE2.50.1250 (EASY STR4P6B, glass 6 mm) (high-gloss silver)

CEILING STABILIZER BARS

Model

Colour

Length

Series

Description

Model

50=high-gloss silver

DIVERA

Ceiling stabilizer bar, can be shortened, length 1500 mm

D22SDK

.50.

1500

Series

Description

Model

06=matt black 09=matt white 50=high-gloss silver

EASY

Ceiling stabilizer bar, can be shortened, length 1000 mm

SD8

.xx.

1000

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

317

ACCESSORIES

SOLINO

Reference

ACCESSORIES CORNER STABILIZER BARS / FIXED PART TO THE CORNER BARS Series

Description

Reference

PUR

Corner stabilizer bar length 300 mm, chrome

RP2.10.300

PUR

Corner stabilizer bar length 500 mm, chrome

RP2.10.500

DIVERA

Corner stabilizer bar, can be shortened wall - glass chrome, length 500 mm

DIVERA

D22EV1.10.500 (chrome) D22EV1.06.500 (matt black) D22EV2.10.500 (chrome)

Corner stabilizer bar, can be shortened glass - glass chrome, length 500 mm

D22EV2.06.500 (matt black) D22FPG.10 (chrome)

Fixed part to the corner bars for mounting on glass

D22FPG.06 (matt black) Model

Series

Description

CADURA

Corner stabilizer bar

Series

Description

EASY

Corner stabilizer bar

318

Colour

01=silver matt Reference 04=white 50=high-gloss silver

Length mm

RCA

.xx.

500

RCA

.xx.

1000

06=matt black Reference 09=matt white 50=high-gloss silver

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

.xx.

1000

ACCESSORIES PLASTIC SEALING STRIPS When ordering the seals, please specify which door model the seal is intended for.

500 862

Horizontal sealing strip for 6 mm glass

941

51602D22SE2.KD (1 pair) 51602D22SE2.KD5 (set of 5 pairs) 51602D22SE2.KD10 (set of 10 pairs) 51602.KD.180 (1 pc.) 51602.KD5.180 (set of 5 pcs.) 51602.KD10.180 (set of 10 pcs.) 51602CAS.KD (1 pc.) 51602CAS.KD5 (set of 5 pcs.) 51602CAS.KD10 (set of 10 pcs.) 51602CAE.KD (1 pair) 51602CAE.KD5 (set of 5 pairs) 51602CAE.KD10 (set of 10 pairs)

1000

52202.KD.1000 (1 pc.) 52202.KD5.1000 (set of 5 pcs.) 52202.KD10.1000 (set of 10 pcs.)

1000

52203.KD.1000 1) (1 pc.) 52203.KD5.1000 1) (set of 5 pcs.) 52203.KD10.1000 1) (set of 10 pcs.) 52203U.KD.1000.F 2) (1 pc.) 52203U.KD5.1000.F 2) (set of 5 pcs.) 52203U.KD10.1000.F 2) (set of 10 pcs.) 52203U2.KD.1000.F 3) (1 pc.) 52203U2.KD5.1000.F 3) (set of 5 pcs.) 52203U2.KD10.1000.F 3) (set of 10 pcs.) 52203U3.1000.F 4) (1 pc.)

390

82207.8KD.22S3 (1 pc.) 82207.8KD5.22S3 (set of 5 pcs.) 82207.8KD122S3 (set of 10 pcs.)

1000

82028.KD (1 pc.) 82028.KD5 (set of 5 pcs.) 82028.KD10 (set of 10 pcs.)

2000

31107.KD.2000 (1 pc.) 31107.KD5.2000 (set of 5 pcs.) 31107.KD10.2000 (set of 10 pcs.)

2000

51205.KD.2000 (1 pc.) 51205.KD5.2000 (set of 5 pcs.) 51205.KD10.2000 (set of 10 pcs.)

•

2000

51405.KD.2000 (1 pc.) 51405.KD5.2000 (set of 5 pcs.) 51405.KD10.2000 (set of 10 pcs.)

•

Vertical sealing strip for 6 mm glass

2000

51406.KD.2000 (1 pc.) 51406.KD5.2000 (set of 5 pcs.) 51406.KD10.2000 (set of 10 pcs.)

Vertical sealing strip for 6 mm glass

2000

52103.KD.2000 (1 pc.) 52103.KD5.2000 (set of 5 pcs.) 52103.KD10.2000 (set of 10 pcs.)

•

Vertical sealing strip for 6 mm glass

2000

52110.KD.2000 (1 pc.) 52110.KD5.2000 (set of 5 pcs.) 52110.KD10.2000 (set of 10 pcs.)

•

2000

53100.KD.2000 (1 pc.) 53100.KD5.2000 (set of 5 pcs.) 53100.KD10.2000 (set of 10 pcs.)

51702.KD.1000 (1 pc.) 51702.KD5.1000 (set of 5 pcs.) 51702.KD10.1000 (set of 10 pcs.)

Horizontal sealing strip for 8 mm glass consists of 3 pcs

13,1 24

Horizontal sealing strip for 6 mm glass (for D22S3) consists of 3 pcs

12,7

Horizontal sealing strip for 6 mm glass

Horizontal sealing strip for 8 mm glass

EASY

SOLINO M

SOLINO

ANNEA

TOP-LINE S

DIVERA

AMALIA

•

1000

Horizontal sealing strip for 6 mm glass

12,2

HORIZONTAL SEALING STRIP

604

Model

PUR

Length (mm)

Sealing strips

Series

CADURA

Reference

• •

• • •

•

• • • •

• •

Vertical sealing strip for closing profile

Vertical sealing strip for 6 mm and 8 mm glass 10

VERTICAL SEALING STRIP

Vertical sealing strip for 8 mm glass 8

Vertical sealing strip for 8 mm glass

•

• •

•

1) - 52203.KD.1000 without milling 2) - 52203U.KD.1000.F with millings L and R 90° for installation with magnetic seal 42352 3) - 52203U2.KD.1000.F with millings L and R 180° for installation with magnetic seal 42356 4) - 52203U3.KD.1000.F - V3.SOL.50 All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

319

ACCESSORIES

COMMENT

ACCESSORIES PLASTIC SEALING STRIPS When ordering the seals, please specify which door model the seal is intended for.

53101.KD.1959 (1 pc.) 53101.KD5.1959 (set of 5 pcs.) 53101.KD10.1959 (set of 10 pcs.)

Vertical sealing strip for 6 mm glass

1984

82013.KD.1984 (1 pc.) 82013.KD5.1984 (set of 5 pcs.) 82013.KD10.1984 (set of 10 pcs.)

•

1991

82006.KD. 1991 (1 pc.) 82006.KD5. 1991 (set of 5 pcs.) 82006.KD10. 1991 (set of 10 pcs.)

•

1984

82026.KD. 1984 (1 pc.) 82026.KD5. 1984 (set of 5 pcs.) 82026.KD10. 1984 (set of 10 pcs.)

•

2000

82028.KD. 2000 (1 pc.) 82028.KD5. 2000 (set of 5 pcs.) 82028.KD10. 2000 (set of 10 pcs.)

•

2000

82029.KD. 2000 (1 pc.) 82029.KD5. 2000 (set of 5 pcs.) 82029.KD10. 2000 (set of 10 pcs.)

•

Vertical sealing strip for 8 mm glass

Vertical sealing strip for 6 mm glass

12 6

VERTICAL SEALING STRIP

2000

1837

82303.KD.1837 (1 pc.) 82303.KD5.1837 (set of 5 pcs.) 82303.KD10.1837 (set of 10 pcs.)

Curved seal

51402.KD.P4.50 (1 pair) 51402.KD5.P4.50 (set of 5 pairs) 51402.KD10.P4.50 (set of 10 pairs)

•

Curved sealing strip for TER Radius 500/500 mm Curved sealing strip for TLSR Radius 550 mm

Curved seal

51402.KD.P4.55 (1 pair) 51402.KD5.P4.55 (set of 5 pairs) 51402.KD10.P4.55 (set of 10 pairs)

•

51402.P3.50D (1 pc.) 51402.P3.50G (1 pc.) 51402.P3.55D (1 pc.) 51402.P3.55G (1 pc.)

•

Curved seal

Curved sealing strip for P3 and P3P (D=right/G=left) Radius 500/500 mm

51402.TER.50 (1 pair)

Curved seal

Curved sealing strip for PU4 and PU4P Radius 550 mm

51602.KD.TLSR.55 (1 pair) 51602.KD5.TLSR.55 (set of 5 pairs) 51602.KD10.TLSR.55 (set of 10 pairs)

• • •

51402.TER.55 (1 pair)

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

•

EASY

SOLINO M

SOLINO

ANNEA

•

82206.KD (1 pc.) 82206.KD5 (set of 5 pcs.) 82206.KD10 (set of 10 pcs.)

Curved sealing strip for PU4 and PU4P Radius 500 mm

82205.KD.TOPS2 (1 pc.) 82205.KD5.TOPS2 (set of 5 pcs.) 82205.KD10.TOPS2 (set of 10 pcs.) 82205.KD.TLS2 (1 pc.) 82205.KD5.TLS2 (set of 5 pcs.) 82205.KD10.TLS2 (set of 10 pcs.)

2000

Vertical sealing strip

• •

Curved seal

Vertical sealing strip for 6 mm glass

1900 Vertical sealing strip for 6 mm glass

TOP-LINE S

DIVERA

1959

Vertical sealing strip for 6 mm glass

Vertical sealing strip pro 5/6mm skla

CURVED SEALING STRIP

PUR

320

Model

AMALIA

Length (mm)

Sealing strips

Series

CADURA

Reference

ACCESSORIES MAGNETIC SEALING STRIPS / VERTICAL COVER STRIP When ordering the seals, please specify which door model the seal is intended for.

42352.KD.2000 (1 pair) 42352.KD5.2000 (set of 5 pairs) 42352.KD10.2000 (set of 10 pairs)

•

2000

42356.KD.1 (1 pc.) 42356.KD5.1 (set of 5 pcs.) 42356.KD10.1 (set of 10 pcs.)

•

2000

42356.KD.2000 (1 pair) 42356.KD5.2000 (set of 5 pairs) 42356.KD10.2000 (set of 10 pairs)

• •

2000

52352.KD (1 pair) 52352.KD5 (set of 5 pairs) 52352.KD10 (set of 10 pairs)

•

2000

52352.KD.135 (1 pair) 52352.KD5.135 (set of 5 pairs) 52352.KD10.135 (set of 10 pairs)

•

2000

52356.KD (1 pair) 52356.KD5 (set of 5 pairs) 52356.KD10 (set of 10 pairs)

•

EASY

SOLINO M

SOLINO

ANNEA

TOP-LINE S

DIVERA

PUR

2000

90 º

Vertical magnetic sealing strips 90° for 6 mm glass

Model

AMALIA

Length (mm)

Sealing strips

Series

CADURA

Reference

• •

Vertical magnetic sealing strips 180° for 6 mm glass 7 28

Vertical magnetic sealing strips 90° for 8 mm glass

90 °

Vertical magnetic sealing strips 135° for 8 mm glass

135

Vertical magnetic sealing strips 180° for 8 mm glass

Vertical magnetic sealing strips 180° pro 4 mm glass (set of 4 pcs)

82010.KD.1000

•

82017.KD.1000

•

82014.KD.1 (1 pc.) 82014.KD5.1 (set of 5 pcs.) 82014.KD10.1 (set of 10 pcs.)

•

Vertical magnetic sealing strips 180° for 6 mm glass (set of 4 pcs)

• • • •

13 5

MAGNETIC SEALING STRIPS

Vertical magnetic sealing strips 180° for 6 mm glass

14±0,5

2000

Grey: 62100.KD.1 (1 pc.) 62100.KD5.1(set of 5 pcs.) 62100.KD10.1 (set of 10 pcs.) 2000

White: 62100.KD.4 (1 pc.) 62100.KD5.4 (set of 5 pcs.) 62100.KD10.4 (set of 10 pcs.)

• •

Black: 62100.KD.2 (1 pc.) 62100.KD5.2 (set of 5 pcs.) 62100.KD10.2 (set of 10 pcs.)

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

321

ACCESSORIES

Plastic protective strip for vertical profile on the wall

VERTICAL COVER STRIP

Vertical magnetic sealing strips for 6 mm glass

ACCESSORIES SPECIAL PROFILES When ordering the seals, please specify which door model the seal is intended for.

Profile for widening a side panel towards the wall up to 25 mm SOLT1, SOLT3, fixed side panel SOL31

25mm ACA1

.06. or .50.

ACP1

Stacking profile for widening a side panel or door towards the wall up to 25 mm

.04. ACT1 .06.

.50.

.01.

.04.

40mm

Stacking profile for widening a side panel or door towards the wall up to 40 mm

ACT2 .06.

.50.

AD221 25

Extension profile 25 mm for doors D22 and D22S3

AD222 25

•

SM1

•

.50.

.01.

25mm

2000

.06. or .50.

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

1998 SM1 1998 SM1 1998 SM1 1998 SM1 1998 SM1 1998 SM1 1998 SM1 1998 SM1 2000

•

SM1

•

2000

•

SM1

•

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

EASY

SOLINO M

SOLINO

• • •

2000

SM1

Extension profile for widening a side panel towards the wall up to 15 mm (with compensation profile)

322

ANNEA

1984

Profile for widening a door or a side panel towards the wall up to 25 mm SOLT2, fixed side panel SOL13, SOL1, SOL2, door SOL3, SOLF1, SOLF13, SOR, fixed side panel AN13 or ANR, ANT

Extension profile 25 mm for doors (except D22K, and D22S3) and side panel

TOP-LINE S

SM1 = Special dimension

DIVERA

Reference

01=silver matt 04=white 06=matt black 09=matt white 12=gold 50=high-gloss silver

Series

AMALIA

Length

CADURA

Colour

PUR

Profile

Model

ACCESSORIES SPECIAL PROFILES When ordering the seals, please specify which door model the seal is intended for.

Set of 3 profiles for connecting doors and side wall at an angle of 90° to 180°.

D22WT2

D22EP

.06. or .50.

.06. 24 mm

Extension profile 24 mm for doors CA1C, CA31C, CA2C, AN1C

ECA

Profile for attaching the side panel at an angle of 90°

EP1

2000

•

SM1

•

2000

•

SM1

•

2000

•

SM1

• •

2000

•

SM1

•

2000

1984 .50.

2000 SM1

.06.

FUN

.01. Connection profile for door or side panel on a wall (VSP profile not included, must be ordered separately)

VSP

EPT

• • •

2000

•

SM1

•

.09. .50.

VSP

EASY

• • • • • • • • • • • •

SM1

EPB

EPE

SOLINO M

.50.

.06.

Profile for attaching the door to the hinge side of the wall (with VSP extension profile)

SOLINO

•

SM1

1984

Wall profile for mounting a standard-sized shower enclosure on a tiled floor

ANNEA

TOP-LINE S

1997

.09. .50.

DIVERA

D22WT1

.06. or .50.

AMALIA

SM1 = Special dimension

Series

CADURA

Reference

01=silver matt 04=white 06=matt black 09=matt white 12=gold 50=high-gloss silver

Profile for side mounting of the door or side wall (VSP profile is not included in the set, it is ordered separately)

Length

.04.

TOP-LINE TOP-LINE S

.50.

1998 SM1 1998 SM1 1998 SM1

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

• • • • • • 323

ACCESSORIES

Set of 2 profiles for connecting doors, or side walls to the wall at an angle of 0° to 180°

Colour

PUR

Profile

Model

ACCESSORIES SPECIAL PROFILES AND PARTS When ordering the seals, please specify which door model the seal is intended for.

.01.

Connection profile for door or side panel on a wall

SEO

.04.

.50.

EASY

SOLINO M

SOLINO

ANNEA

TOP-LINE S

SM1 = Special dimension

DIVERA

Reference

01=silver matt 04=white 06=matt black 09=matt white 12=gold 50=high-gloss silver

Series

AMALIA

Length

CADURA

Colour

PUR

Profile

Model

• • • • • •

2000 SM1 2000 SM1 2000 SM1

Connecting part allows connection of two horizontal stabilizer bars (combination 2xSTR4P)

VT90.

Connecting element for connecting 2 horizontal stabilizer bars (combination 2x D22WI1H)

VTBTK

.10

•

Adjustable corner element for fixing in the corner stabilizer bar, to the bevel

VW4

.06 or .10

•

Adjustable corner element for fixing the glass to the bevel

VW5

.06 or .10

•

09 10

•

SM1

•

2000 °

Profile for fixing a wall bracket at an angle of 0° to 90°

WPB1

.50.

.06. Connecting profile for L-mounting (combination 2x STR4P)

WPE

.09.

•

2000

.50.

WPF1

•

SM1

•

2000

•

SM1

•

-1

324

Profile for fastening a side panel at an angle of 90° to 180°

2000 .50.

° 90

Profile for mounting a side panel at an angle of 0° to 90°

WPF2

.50.

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

ACCESSORIES SPECIAL PROFILES When ordering the seals, please specify which door model the seal is intended for.

2000

•

SM1

•

2000

•

SM1

•

2000

•

SM1

•

Profile for mounting a door at an angle of 0° to 90°

WPM1

80 -1 90

Profile for mounting a door at an angle of 0° to 180°

WPT2

2000 SM1

WTS1 17

1984 .50.

2000 SM1

.01.

TOP-LINE TOP-LINE S

Profile for mounting a side panel or a door at an angle of 0° to 90°

WTT3

.04.

.50.

FUN

.01.

Profile for mounting a side panel with a door at an angle of 90° to 180°

TOP-LINE TOP-LINE S

WTT4 FUN

EASY

SOLINO M

• • • • • • • • • • •

.06.

SOLINO

.50.

1984

Profile for side mounting of the door / side wall at an angle

ANNEA

.50.

WPT1

.50.

.04.

.50.

1998 SM1 1998 SM1 1998 SM1 1998 SM1 1998 SM1 1998 SM1

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

• • • • • • • • • • • •

325

ACCESSORIES

° 90

Magnet profile adjustable at an angle of 0° to 90°

TOP-LINE S

SM1 = Special dimension

DIVERA

Reference

01=silver matt 04=white 06=matt black 09=matt white 12=gold 50=high-gloss silver

Series

AMALIA

Length

CADURA

Colour

PUR

Profile

Model

ACCESSORIES SPECIAL PROFILES When ordering the seals, please specify which door model the seal is intended for.

.01.

.04.

VSP

.06.

SM1 1998 SM1

1998 2000 SM1 1984

.50.

1998 2000 SM1

326

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

EASY

SOLINO M

SOLINO

ANNEA

• • • •

1998

1984 Broadening profile (for combination with special profiles EP1, EPE, EPB, EPT, D22EP, SESL1, SESL2)

TOP-LINE S

SM1 = Special dimension

DIVERA

Reference

01=silver matt 04=white 06=matt black 09=matt white 12=gold 50=high-gloss silver

Series

AMALIA

Length

CADURA

Colour

PUR

Profile

Model

• •

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• • • •

ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION KITS, WATER DEFLECTOR STRIPS When ordering the installation set/threshold bar, please specify which door model it is intended for.

Installation kit „closure door in a niche“ (for the installation of a door in niche); opens outside

V.SOL

V.SOL.SM1

.06 .50 .06 .50

EASY

SOLINO M

2000

SOLINO

.06

ANNEA

V.ANE

TOP-LINE S

SM1 = Special dimension

DIVERA

Reference

01=silver matt 04=white 06=matt black 09=matt white 12=gold 50=high-gloss silver

Series

AMALIA

Length

CADURA

Colour

PUR

Profile

Model

• • • • •

1984

up to 1984

.06 V2.CA Installation kit „closure door in a niche“ opens inside and outside

.09 .12

2000

•

.50 .06 V2.CA.SM1

.09

up to 2000

.50

Installation kit „closure door in a niche“ opens inside and outside

V2.SOL

V2.SOL.SM1

.06 .50 .06 .50

up to 1984

Installation kit „closure door in a niche“ opens inside and outside

V2.SOM

Mounting kit (door + side wall) opening outside and inside

V3.SOL

1984

Mounting kit (door + side wall) opening outside and inside

V3.SOM

980

S.ANE Installation kit water deflector strip

S.SOL

.50

.06 .06 .50

• • • •

1984

•

964

1000

• • • •

1200 Radius

S.ANR55 Installation kit water deflector strip for doors of a round shower enclosure

S.SOR50 S.SOR55 S.SOR50 S.SOR55

.06

.50

500 550 500 550 500 550

All listed prices are without VAT. Dimensions in mm. Technical modifications not excluded. A custom-made product in design and/or dimension cannot be returned.

• • •

327

ACCESSORIES

S.ANR50

SANSWISS WARRANTY CONDITIONS The warranty period starts when the Buyer takes the goods over from the forwarding agent. All SanSwiss products are covered by the warranty period of five years from the date of purchase. The extended warranty period is granted if conditions as listed below are met.

WARRANTY PERIOD FOR SANSWISS PRODUCTS:

Shower enclosures: 5 years EXTENDED WARRANTY PERIOD – 5 YEARS

The warranty claim (on repair or replacement of defective products by the Manufacturer) is void in the following cases: • Improper use of the product, i.e. incompatible with the instructions for use and the intended use of the product. • The Buyer cannot provide a valid proof of purchase of the product (i.e. the proof of the beginning of the warranty period is missing). • Installation of the product (the shower enclosure or the shower tray) was not performed in accordance with the installation instructions. • Making independent repairs and alterations. • Missing or inadequate care of the products, e.g. the use of inappropriate chemicals for cleaning (SanSwissrecommends a regular use of its special cleaning products for glass and profiles. NOTICE

The lifetime of some components, e.g. PVC sealing strips can be shorter than the legal (two-year) warranty period. The Manufacturer will replace these components within the two-year warranty period at its own expense assuming that the customer will do the simple assembly by himself. If it is within the extended warranty period then the Manufacturer will charge for the PVC sealing strips. We guarantee 5 years service life of castor wheels and handles. In case of a claim within the extended warranty period we will ship these components free of charge; the customer will do the simple assembly by himself. Because of the limited availability of original products within the extended warranty period it is possible that the delivery time of these spare parts can be longer than 30 days; however, the Manufacturer will try to make it as short as possible. The Manufacturer reserves the right to deliver a spare part from the current production with similar technical specifications of the same quality.

328

TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS (TSG)

07 - TSG clear

08 - Parsol Bronze

20 - Parsol gray

TSG-GLASS WITH DECORATION

22 - Graniet

30 - Master Carré 85 - Lina

87 - Screen

TSG-GLASS WITH DIGITAL PRINTING

82 - Japan

89 - Loft 89

90 - Loft 90

TSG-GLASS WITH SCREENPRINT

• COMPLETE PRODUCT RANGE FOR SHOWER ENCLOSURES • ATTRACTIVE PRICING AS AQUAPERLE GLASS COATING IS GENERALLY INCLUDED IN THE PRICE

49 - Satin

51 - Screenprinted 68 - Shade band

73 - Loft 73

81 - Brume

69 - Loft 69

88 - White lines

TSG-GLASS WITH DECORATION IN CHROME

• MANY PROFILE VERSIONS AT THE SAME PRICE • OWN MEASURING AND INSTALLATION SERVICE • NUMEROUS MODELS IN STOCK FOR IMMEDIATE DELIVERY • 5 YEARS PRODUCT WARRANTY

61 - Lines

62 - Tree

67 - Vertical line

PROFILE COLOURS STANDARD COLOURS

10 - Chrome

50 - High-gloss silver

01 - Matt silver

• 10 YEARS WARRANTY FOR AVAILABILITY OF REPLACEMENT PARTS • EASY TO ASSEMBLE PRODUCTS

04 - White

SPECIAL COLOURS

• CLEAR AND EASY TO UNDERSTAND SALES DOCUMENTS 06 - Black matt

09 - White matt

12 - Gold

EXPLANATION OF PICTOGRAMS Safety glass, glass thickness in mm

Number of glass variants

Antiplaque treatment Aquaperle

Bevel / Cut-out

PUR series: Atypical height up to 2500 mm Maximum width of side panel 1200 mm

Standard height 2000 mm

Maximum 1000 mm Maximum

door width

Meets the standard for shower enclosures EN 14428:2008+A1

Let‘s stay connected!

Don't miss any news and follow us on social media!

Scan me! /sanswiss_official

Radius Door or side wall can be mounted as right or left (reversible)

Sufficient width for comfortable entry

SOFT

Soft open/close system on sliding door.

Easier cleaning thanks to integrated hinges

max. 120 kg

Max. load 120 kg

Easier cleaning by tilting the sliding door

Adapted for disabled people

BLACK LINE: View parts in matte black (06)

WHITE LINE: View parts in white matt (09)

TRADITIONAL MANUFACTURER OF SHOWER SCREENS AND BATHS. SPECIALIST FOR ATYPICAL SOLUTIONS.

SanSwiss SCANDINAVIA

GOLD LINE: View parts in gold (12)

DuoBad AB Alstervägen 76 | 382 73 Alsterbro +46 481 50000 | info@duobad.com sanswiss.duobad.com /sanswiss_official |

/SanSwiss AG

SHOWER ENCLOSURES 2023/2024

Special dimensions

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

SHOWER ENCLOSURES 2023 | 2024

TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS (TSG)

07 - TSG clear

08 - Parsol Bronze

20 - Parsol gray

TSG-GLASS WITH DECORATION

22 - Graniet

30 - Master Carré 85 - Lina

87 - Screen

TSG-GLASS WITH DIGITAL PRINTING

82 - Japan

89 - Loft 89

90 - Loft 90

TSG-GLASS WITH SCREENPRINT

• COMPLETE PRODUCT RANGE FOR SHOWER ENCLOSURES • ATTRACTIVE PRICING AS AQUAPERLE GLASS COATING IS GENERALLY INCLUDED IN THE PRICE

49 - Satin

51 - Screenprinted 68 - Shade band

73 - Loft 73

81 - Brume

69 - Loft 69

88 - White lines

TSG-GLASS WITH DECORATION IN CHROME

• MANY PROFILE VERSIONS AT THE SAME PRICE • OWN MEASURING AND INSTALLATION SERVICE • NUMEROUS MODELS IN STOCK FOR IMMEDIATE DELIVERY • 5 YEARS PRODUCT WARRANTY

61 - Lines

62 - Tree

67 - Vertical line

PROFILE COLOURS STANDARD COLOURS

10 - Chrome

50 - High-gloss silver

01 - Matt silver

• 10 YEARS WARRANTY FOR AVAILABILITY OF REPLACEMENT PARTS • EASY TO ASSEMBLE PRODUCTS

04 - White

SPECIAL COLOURS

• CLEAR AND EASY TO UNDERSTAND SALES DOCUMENTS 06 - Black matt

09 - White matt

12 - Gold

EXPLANATION OF PICTOGRAMS Safety glass, glass thickness in mm

Number of glass variants

Antiplaque treatment Aquaperle

Bevel / Cut-out

PUR series: Atypical height up to 2500 mm Maximum width of side panel 1200 mm

Standard height 2000 mm

Maximum 1000 mm Maximum

door width

Meets the standard for shower enclosures EN 14428:2008+A1

Let‘s stay connected!

Don't miss any news and follow us on social media!

Scan me! /sanswiss_official

Radius Door or side wall can be mounted as right or left (reversible)

Sufficient width for comfortable entry

SOFT

Soft open/close system on sliding door.

Easier cleaning thanks to integrated hinges

max. 120 kg

Max. load 120 kg

Easier cleaning by tilting the sliding door

Adapted for disabled people

BLACK LINE: View parts in matte black (06)

WHITE LINE: View parts in white matt (09)

TRADITIONAL MANUFACTURER OF SHOWER SCREENS AND BATHS. SPECIALIST FOR ATYPICAL SOLUTIONS.

SanSwiss SCANDINAVIA

GOLD LINE: View parts in gold (12)

DuoBad AB Alstervägen 76 | 382 73 Alsterbro +46 481 50000 | info@duobad.com sanswiss.duobad.com /sanswiss_official |

/SanSwiss AG

SHOWER ENCLOSURES 2023/2024

Special dimensions

Standard 2000 mm

SAFETY GLASS 8 mm

SHOWER ENCLOSURES 2023 | 2024